; * etc/NEWS: Use double spaces to end a sentence.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobde40cf5b8d588f0f35a20c28e25725750130cfc7
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22180 39318 464077 241000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22180 39318
69 ;;;;;; 470077 213000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22180 39318
89 ;;;;;; 470077 213000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22180 39318
100 ;;;;;; 471077 209000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22180 39318 546076
112 ;;;;;; 864000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22180 39318
242 ;;;;;; 279078 92000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22180 39318 222078 354000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22180 39318 224078 344000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22180
841 ;;;;;; 39318 222078 354000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22180 39318 406077
900 ;;;;;; 507000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22180 39318 464077
922 ;;;;;; 241000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22180 39318 224078
955 ;;;;;; 344000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22183
982 ;;;;;; 58408 695001 816000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22180 39318 240078
1019 ;;;;;; 271000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22180 39318 224078
1041 ;;;;;; 344000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22180 39318 225078
1157 ;;;;;; 340000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22180 39318 225078 340000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22180 39318
1249 ;;;;;; 528076 946000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22180 39318
1456 ;;;;;; 472077 204000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22180
1484 ;;;;;; 39318 327077 871000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22180 39318 225078
1497 ;;;;;; 340000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22180 39318
1558 ;;;;;; 472077 204000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22180 39318 225078
1569 ;;;;;; 340000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22180
1608 ;;;;;; 39318 279078 92000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22183 58408 667002
1660 ;;;;;; 38000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22180 39318 225078 340000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;***
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22180 39318
1787 ;;;;;; 472077 204000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1803 ;;;***
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22180 39318 226078
1806 ;;;;;; 335000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1839 ;;;***
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22180
1842 ;;;;;; 39318 280078 87000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1876 ;;;***
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22180 39318
1879 ;;;;;; 530076 937000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1918 Special information:
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1968 ;;;***
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 529076 942000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1979 ;;;***
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22180 39318 386077
1982 ;;;;;; 599000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004 ;;;***
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22180 39318
2007 ;;;;;; 464077 241000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2014 What is blackbox?
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2023 Overview of play:
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2045 Details:
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2124 ;;;***
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22180 39318 227078
2127 ;;;;;; 330000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2134 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2135 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2136 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2137 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2138 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2139 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2140 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2142 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2143 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2144 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2146 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2147 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2148 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2149 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2150 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2151 recent one.
2153 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2154 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2155 yank successive words.
2157 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2158 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2159 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2160 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2161 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2163 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2164 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2165 the list of bookmarks.)
2167 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2169 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2170 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2171 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2173 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2174 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2175 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2176 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2177 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2178 ever deletes the most recent one.
2180 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2181 is nil, raise an error.
2183 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2184 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2185 yank successive words.
2187 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2188 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2189 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2190 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2191 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2193 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2194 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2195 the list of bookmarks.)
2197 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2200 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2201 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2202 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2203 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2204 this.
2206 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2207 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2208 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2209 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2211 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2212 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2214 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2215 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2216 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2218 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2220 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2221 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2226 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2228 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2229 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2230 after a bookmark was set in it.
2232 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2234 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2235 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2237 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2238 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2242 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2245 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2246 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2247 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2249 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2250 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2251 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2253 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2254 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2255 name.
2257 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2259 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2260 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2261 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2263 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2264 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2265 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2266 this.
2268 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2270 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2271 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2273 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2274 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2275 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2276 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2277 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2278 probably because we were called from there.
2280 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2283 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2285 \(fn)" t nil)
2287 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2289 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2290 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2291 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2292 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2293 \(second argument).
2295 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2296 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2297 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2298 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2299 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2301 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2302 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2303 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2304 `bookmark-default-file'.
2306 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2309 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2310 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2311 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2312 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2313 while loading.
2315 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2316 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2317 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2318 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2319 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2320 explicitly.
2322 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2323 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2324 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2326 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2328 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2329 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2330 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2331 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2332 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2334 \(fn)" t nil)
2336 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2338 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2340 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2341 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2343 \(fn)" t nil)
2345 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2347 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2349 ;;;***
2351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22183 58408
2352 ;;;;;; 681001 927000))
2353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2355 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2356 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2357 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2358 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2360 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2361 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2362 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2363 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2364 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2366 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2368 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2369 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2370 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2371 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2372 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2373 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2375 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2379 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2380 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2381 narrowed.
2383 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2386 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2388 \(fn)" t nil)
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2393 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2395 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2398 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2399 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2400 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2401 first, if that exists.
2403 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2404 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2405 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2406 ignore it).
2407 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2408 as ARGS.
2410 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2414 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2415 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2416 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2422 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2423 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2424 says which browser to use.
2426 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2429 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2430 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2431 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2433 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2435 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2438 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2440 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2441 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2442 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2443 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2446 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2447 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2459 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2462 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2463 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2464 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2466 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2467 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2468 new tab in an existing window instead.
2470 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2471 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2475 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2476 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2477 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2478 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2480 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2481 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2482 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2485 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2486 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2488 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2489 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2495 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2496 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2497 Chromium.
2498 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2500 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2502 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2503 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2504 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2505 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2507 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2508 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2509 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2510 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2512 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2513 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2514 new tab in an existing window instead.
2516 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2517 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2521 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2523 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2524 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2526 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2531 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2535 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2536 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2548 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2549 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2550 program is invoked according to the variable
2551 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2553 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2554 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2555 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2556 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2559 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2567 Default to the URL around or before point.
2569 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2570 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2571 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2573 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2574 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2575 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2576 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2579 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2581 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2583 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2585 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2586 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2587 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2588 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2590 When called interactively, if variable
2591 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2592 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2593 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2594 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2597 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2598 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2600 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2601 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point.
2609 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2610 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2611 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2613 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2614 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2616 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2619 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2620 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2621 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2625 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2627 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2628 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2629 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2630 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2631 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2632 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2633 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2635 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2637 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2638 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2639 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2640 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2641 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2643 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2644 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2645 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2646 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2648 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2649 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2651 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2653 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2654 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2655 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2656 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2657 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2658 current one.
2660 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2661 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2662 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2663 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2666 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2668 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2670 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2671 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2672 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2673 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2674 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2675 don't offer a form of remote control.
2677 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2679 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2680 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2681 Default to the URL around or before point.
2682 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2684 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2686 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2687 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2688 Default to the URL around the point.
2690 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2691 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2693 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2694 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2696 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2698 ;;;***
2700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22180 39318 227078 330000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2702 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2704 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2705 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2706 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2707 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2709 \(fn)" t nil)
2711 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2712 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2713 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2714 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2716 \(fn)" t nil)
2718 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2719 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2721 \(fn)" t nil)
2723 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2724 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2725 \\<bs-mode-map>
2726 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2727 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2728 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2729 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2731 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2732 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2733 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2734 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2735 name of buffer configuration.
2737 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2739 ;;;***
2741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22180 39318 464077
2742 ;;;;;; 241000))
2743 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2745 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2746 Play Bubbles game.
2747 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2748 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2749 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2750 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2751 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2752 columns on its right towards the left.
2754 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2755 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2756 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2757 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2759 \(fn)" t nil)
2761 ;;;***
2763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2764 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 472077 204000))
2765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2767 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2769 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2770 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2772 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2773 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2778 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2782 ;;;***
2784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22180
2785 ;;;;;; 39318 281078 82000))
2786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2787 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2788 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2789 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2791 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2793 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2794 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2795 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2796 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2797 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2798 else the global value will be modified.
2800 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2802 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2803 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2804 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2805 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2806 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2807 else the global value will be modified.
2809 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2811 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2812 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2813 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2815 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2817 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2818 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2819 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2820 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2822 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2823 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2824 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2825 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2826 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2827 before scanning it.
2829 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2830 that already has a `.elc' file.
2832 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2833 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2835 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2836 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2837 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2838 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2839 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2840 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2842 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2844 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2845 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2846 Print the result in the echo area.
2847 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2851 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2852 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2853 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2855 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2857 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2858 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2859 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2860 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2861 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2862 all functions called by those functions.
2864 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2865 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2866 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2868 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2869 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2870 invoked interactively.
2872 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2874 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2875 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2876 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2877 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2879 \(fn)" nil nil)
2881 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2882 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2883 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2884 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2885 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2886 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2887 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2888 already up-to-date.
2890 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2892 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2893 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2894 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2895 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2897 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2898 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2899 and corresponding effects.
2901 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2903 ;;;***
2905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22180
2906 ;;;;;; 39318 240078 271000))
2907 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2909 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2911 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2913 ;;;***
2915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22180 39318
2916 ;;;;;; 240078 271000))
2917 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2919 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2921 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2923 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2925 ;;;***
2927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22180
2928 ;;;;;; 39318 241078 266000))
2929 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2931 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2932 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2933 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2934 from the cursor position.
2936 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2938 ;;;***
2940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22180 39318 237078 285000))
2941 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2942 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2944 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2945 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2949 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2950 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2952 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2954 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2955 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2957 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2959 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2960 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2961 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2962 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2964 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2966 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2967 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2968 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2969 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2971 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2973 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2974 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2975 This is most useful in the X window system.
2976 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2977 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2979 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2981 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2982 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2983 See calc-keypad for details.
2985 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2987 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2988 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2990 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2992 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2993 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2995 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2997 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2998 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3000 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3002 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3003 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3004 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3006 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3008 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3009 Define Calc function.
3011 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3012 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3013 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3015 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3016 actual Lisp function name.
3018 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3020 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3022 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3024 ;;;***
3026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22180 39318
3027 ;;;;;; 235078 294000))
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3030 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3033 \(fn N)" t nil)
3035 ;;;***
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22180 39318 239078
3038 ;;;;;; 275000))
3039 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3041 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3042 Run the Emacs calculator.
3043 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3045 \(fn)" t nil)
3047 ;;;***
3049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22180 39318
3050 ;;;;;; 243078 257000))
3051 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3053 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3054 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3055 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3056 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3057 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3058 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3060 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3061 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3062 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3063 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3064 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3065 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3066 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3067 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3068 window.
3070 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3071 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3073 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3074 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3075 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3076 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3077 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3078 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3080 Runs the following hooks:
3082 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3083 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3084 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3085 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3087 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3091 ;;;***
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22180 39318 327077
3094 ;;;;;; 871000))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3097 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3098 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3100 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3102 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3103 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3104 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3105 it fails.
3107 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3109 ;;;***
3111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22183
3112 ;;;;;; 58408 697001 800000))
3113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3115 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3116 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3118 \(fn)" nil nil)
3120 ;;;***
3122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22180 39318
3123 ;;;;;; 478077 176000))
3124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3126 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3127 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3129 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3130 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3132 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 made from scratch.
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3155 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3161 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3166 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3167 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3168 made from scratch.
3170 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3172 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3173 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3175 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3177 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3178 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3179 made from scratch.
3181 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3183 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3184 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3186 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3187 variables are guessed:
3189 * `c-basic-offset', and
3190 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3191 `c-offsets-alist'.
3193 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3194 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3196 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3197 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3199 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3200 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3201 guess is made from scratch.
3203 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3204 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3206 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3208 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3209 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3210 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3211 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3213 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3214 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3215 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3217 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3219 ;;;***
3221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22180 39318
3222 ;;;;;; 479077 172000))
3223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3225 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3226 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3227 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3228 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3229 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3230 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3231 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3233 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3243 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3244 Major mode for editing C code.
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3248 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3249 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{c-mode-map}
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3261 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3262 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3263 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3264 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3265 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3266 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3267 message.
3269 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3271 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3272 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3274 Key bindings:
3275 \\{c++-mode-map}
3277 \(fn)" t nil)
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3280 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3283 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 message.
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3293 Key bindings:
3294 \\{objc-mode-map}
3296 \(fn)" t nil)
3297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3299 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3300 Major mode for editing Java code.
3301 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3302 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3303 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3304 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3305 message.
3307 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3309 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3310 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3312 Key bindings:
3313 \\{java-mode-map}
3315 \(fn)" t nil)
3316 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3318 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3319 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3320 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3321 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3322 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3323 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3324 message.
3326 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3328 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3329 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3331 Key bindings:
3332 \\{idl-mode-map}
3334 \(fn)" t nil)
3335 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3338 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3339 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3340 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3341 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3342 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3343 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3344 message.
3346 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3348 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3349 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3351 Key bindings:
3352 \\{pike-mode-map}
3354 \(fn)" t nil)
3355 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3359 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3361 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3362 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3363 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3364 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3365 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3366 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3368 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3370 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3371 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3373 Key bindings:
3374 \\{awk-mode-map}
3376 \(fn)" t nil)
3378 ;;;***
3380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22180
3381 ;;;;;; 39318 479077 172000))
3382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3384 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3385 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3386 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3387 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3389 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3391 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3392 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3393 might get set too.
3395 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3396 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3397 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3398 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3399 in this way.
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3402 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3403 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3404 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3405 a null operation.
3407 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3409 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3410 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3411 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3412 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3414 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3416 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3417 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3418 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3420 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3422 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3423 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3424 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3425 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3426 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3428 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3430 ;;;***
3432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22180 39318
3433 ;;;;;; 480077 167000))
3434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3435 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3436 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3437 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3439 ;;;***
3441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22180 39318 364077
3442 ;;;;;; 701000))
3443 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3445 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3446 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3448 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3450 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3451 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3453 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3455 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3456 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3458 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3459 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3460 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3461 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3462 execution.
3464 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3466 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3468 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3469 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3471 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3472 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3473 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3474 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3476 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3477 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3478 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3479 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3480 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3481 `write' commands.
3483 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3484 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3485 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3486 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3488 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3489 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3490 semantics.
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3494 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3496 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3498 STATEMENT :=
3499 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3500 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3502 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3503 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3505 | integer
3507 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3509 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3510 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3511 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3513 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3514 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3515 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3517 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3519 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3520 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3521 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3522 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3523 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3524 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3525 ;; last STATEMENT.
3526 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3528 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3529 BREAK := (break)
3531 REPEAT :=
3532 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3533 (repeat)
3534 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3535 ;; (repeat))
3536 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3537 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3538 ;; (read REG)
3539 ;; (repeat))
3540 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3541 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3542 ;; (read REG)
3543 ;; (repeat))
3544 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3546 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3547 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3548 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3549 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3550 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3551 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3554 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3555 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3556 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3557 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3558 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3559 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3560 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3561 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3563 WRITE :=
3564 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3565 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3566 ;; representation.
3567 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3568 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3569 ;; (write r7))
3570 | (write EXPRESSION)
3571 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3572 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3573 ;; representation.
3574 | (write integer)
3575 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3576 ;; buffer.
3577 | (write string)
3578 ;; Same as: (write string)
3579 | string
3580 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3581 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3582 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3583 ;; representation.
3584 | (write REG ARRAY)
3585 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3586 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3587 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3588 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3589 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3590 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3592 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3593 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3595 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3596 END := (end)
3598 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3599 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3600 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3602 ARG := REG | integer
3604 OPERATOR :=
3605 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3606 + | - | * | / | %
3608 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3609 | & | `|' | ^
3611 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3612 | << | >>
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3616 | <8
3618 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3619 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3620 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3621 | >8
3623 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3624 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3625 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3626 | //
3628 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3629 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3631 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3632 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3633 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3634 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3635 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3636 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3637 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3638 | de-sjis
3640 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3641 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3642 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3643 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3644 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3645 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3646 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3647 ;; byte of SJIS.
3648 | en-sjis
3650 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3651 ;; Same meaning as C code
3652 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3654 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3655 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3656 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3657 | <8=
3659 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3660 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3661 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3663 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3664 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3665 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3666 | //=
3668 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3671 TRANSLATE :=
3672 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3673 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3674 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3675 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3676 ;; respectively.
3677 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3678 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3679 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3680 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3682 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3683 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3684 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3686 LOOKUP :=
3687 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3688 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3689 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3690 ;; respectively.
3691 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3692 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3693 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3695 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3696 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3697 ;; REG.
3698 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3699 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3700 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3702 MAP :=
3703 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3704 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3705 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3706 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3708 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3709 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3710 MAP-ID := integer
3712 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3714 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3716 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3717 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3718 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3719 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3720 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3721 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3723 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3725 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3726 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3727 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3729 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3731 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3733 ;;;***
3735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22180 39318
3736 ;;;;;; 281078 82000))
3737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3739 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3740 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3741 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3742 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3744 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3746 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3748 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3749 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3751 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3753 ;;;***
3755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22180 39318 248078
3756 ;;;;;; 234000))
3757 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3758 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3760 ;;;***
3762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22180 39318
3763 ;;;;;; 480077 167000))
3764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3765 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3767 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3768 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3769 There are no special keybindings by default.
3771 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3772 to the action header.
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3776 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3777 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3778 There are no special keybindings by default.
3780 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3781 to the action header.
3783 \(fn)" t nil)
3785 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3786 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3788 \(fn)" t nil)
3790 ;;;***
3792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22180
3793 ;;;;;; 39318 270078 133000))
3794 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3796 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3797 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3798 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3799 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3800 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3802 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3803 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3805 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3806 from which to start.
3808 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3810 ;;;***
3812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22180 39318
3813 ;;;;;; 282078 78000))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3815 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3817 ;;;***
3819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3820 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 282078 78000))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3823 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3824 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3825 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3827 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3829 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3830 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3831 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3833 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3835 ;;;***
3837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22180
3838 ;;;;;; 39318 282078 78000))
3839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3840 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3841 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3842 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3843 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3844 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3845 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3846 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3851 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3853 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3855 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3858 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3859 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3860 the users will view as each check is completed.
3862 \(fn)" t nil)
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3865 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3866 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3867 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3868 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3869 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3870 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3871 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3873 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3876 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3877 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3878 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3879 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3880 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3881 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3882 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3884 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3887 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3888 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3889 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3890 spacing are all verified.
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3896 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3897 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3898 otherwise stop after the first error.
3900 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3905 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3907 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3908 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3909 Only documentation strings are checked.
3910 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3912 a separate buffer.
3914 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3917 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3918 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3919 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3920 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3922 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3925 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3926 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3927 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3928 if there is one.
3930 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3933 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3934 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3935 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3936 if there is one.
3937 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3939 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3942 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3943 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3948 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3949 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3950 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3951 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3957 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3958 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3959 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3960 space at the end of each line.
3962 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3964 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3965 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3966 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3967 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3969 \(fn)" t nil)
3971 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3972 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3973 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3974 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3976 \(fn)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3979 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3980 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3981 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3983 \(fn)" t nil)
3985 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3986 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3987 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3988 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3990 \(fn)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3993 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3994 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3995 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3997 \(fn)" t nil)
3999 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4000 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4001 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4002 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4004 \(fn)" t nil)
4006 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4007 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4008 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4009 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4011 \(fn)" t nil)
4013 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4014 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4015 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4016 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4018 \(fn)" t nil)
4020 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4021 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4022 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4023 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4025 \(fn)" t nil)
4027 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4028 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4033 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4034 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4035 checking of documentation strings.
4037 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4041 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4042 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4044 \(fn)" t nil)
4046 ;;;***
4048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22180
4049 ;;;;;; 39318 371077 668000))
4050 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4052 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4053 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4054 Return the length of resulting text.
4056 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4058 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4059 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4061 \(fn)" t nil)
4063 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4064 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4065 Return the length of resulting text.
4067 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4069 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4070 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4072 \(fn)" t nil)
4074 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4077 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4079 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4082 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4084 ;;;***
4086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22180 39318 270078
4087 ;;;;;; 133000))
4088 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4090 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4091 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4092 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4093 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4094 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4095 editing and the result is evaluated.
4097 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4099 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4100 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4101 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4102 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4103 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4105 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4107 \(fn)" t nil)
4109 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4110 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4111 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4112 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4113 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4115 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4116 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4117 \\{command-history-map}
4119 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4120 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4122 \(fn)" t nil)
4124 ;;;***
4126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22180
4127 ;;;;;; 39318 283078 73000))
4128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4130 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4131 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4132 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4133 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4134 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4135 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4136 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4137 of this function.
4139 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4140 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4141 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4142 property are:
4144 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4145 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4147 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4148 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4149 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4150 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4151 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4152 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4153 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4154 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4155 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4156 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4157 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4158 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4160 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4161 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4162 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4164 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4165 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4166 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4167 list elements are:
4169 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4171 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4173 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4175 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4176 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4178 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4179 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4181 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4182 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4183 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4184 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4185 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4186 value specified by their associated list element.
4188 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4190 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4191 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4192 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4194 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4195 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4196 * indent the first argument by 4.
4197 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4198 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4199 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4201 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4202 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4203 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4204 instead.
4206 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4208 ;;;***
4210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22180 39318
4211 ;;;;;; 283078 73000))
4212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4213 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4215 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4217 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4218 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4219 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4220 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4221 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4222 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4224 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4225 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4227 ;;;***
4229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22180 39318
4230 ;;;;;; 480077 167000))
4231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4233 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4234 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4235 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4236 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4238 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4239 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4240 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4241 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4243 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4244 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4246 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4248 ;;;***
4250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22180 39318 270078
4251 ;;;;;; 133000))
4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4254 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4255 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4256 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4257 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4258 of `scheme-program-name').
4259 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4260 it is given as initial input.
4261 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4262 discards input when it starts up.
4263 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4264 is run).
4265 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4267 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4269 ;;;***
4271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22180 39318 270078 133000))
4272 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4274 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4275 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4276 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4277 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4279 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4280 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4282 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4283 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4284 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4286 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4288 ;;;***
4290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22180 39318 271078 128000))
4291 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4293 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4294 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4295 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4296 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4297 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4298 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4299 functions have already modified the buffer.
4301 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4303 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4304 either globally or locally.")
4306 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4307 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4308 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4309 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4311 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4312 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4313 `start-file-process'
4314 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4315 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4316 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4318 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4319 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4321 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4323 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4325 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4327 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4328 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4329 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4330 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4331 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4332 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4333 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4334 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4335 process as its initial input.
4337 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4339 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4341 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4343 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4344 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4345 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4346 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4347 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4348 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4350 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4352 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4354 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4355 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4356 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4357 directory tracking functions.")
4359 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4360 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4361 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4363 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4365 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4367 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4368 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4369 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4371 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4373 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4375 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4376 Send COMMAND to current process.
4377 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4378 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4380 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4382 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4383 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4384 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4385 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4387 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4389 ;;;***
4391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22180 39318
4392 ;;;;;; 547076 859000))
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4395 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4396 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4397 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4398 to get another window.
4400 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4401 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4403 This command pushes the mark in each window
4404 at the prior location of point in that window.
4405 If both windows display the same buffer,
4406 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4407 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4409 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4410 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4411 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4412 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4413 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4414 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4415 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4416 ignored.
4418 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4419 this command work in interlaced mode:
4420 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4421 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4422 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4424 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4426 ;;;***
4428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22180 39318
4429 ;;;;;; 481077 163000))
4430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4432 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4433 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4435 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4437 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4438 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4439 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4443 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4444 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4445 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4449 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4450 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4451 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4452 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4453 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4455 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4456 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4457 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4458 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4459 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4461 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4462 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4463 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4464 describing how the process finished.")
4466 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4467 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4468 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4469 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4470 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4472 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4473 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4474 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4476 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4478 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4479 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4480 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4481 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4483 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4485 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4486 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4488 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4489 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4491 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4492 (lambda ()
4493 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4494 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4495 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4496 (concat \"make -k \"
4497 (if buffer-file-name
4498 (shell-quote-argument
4499 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4501 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4502 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4504 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4505 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4506 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4507 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4509 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4511 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4512 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4513 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4514 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4516 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4517 and move to the source code that caused it.
4519 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4520 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4522 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4523 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4524 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4525 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4526 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4528 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4529 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4530 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4531 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4533 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4534 kills its subprocesses.
4536 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4537 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4538 to a function that generates a unique name.
4540 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4542 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4543 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4544 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4545 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4547 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4548 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4550 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4551 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4552 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4553 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4555 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4556 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4557 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4559 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4561 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4563 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4564 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4565 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4566 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4567 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4569 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4571 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4573 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4575 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4577 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4578 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4579 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4580 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4581 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4583 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4584 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4585 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4586 See `compilation-mode'.
4588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4590 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4591 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4592 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4593 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4594 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4596 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4597 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4598 `compilation-mode'.
4600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4602 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4603 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4604 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4606 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4608 ;;;***
4610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22180 39318 272078
4611 ;;;;;; 124000))
4612 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4614 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4615 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4616 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4619 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4621 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4623 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4624 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4625 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4626 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4627 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4631 ;;;***
4633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22180
4634 ;;;;;; 39318 530076 937000))
4635 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4637 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4638 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4639 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4640 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4641 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4642 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4643 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4645 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4646 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4647 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4649 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4650 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4651 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4653 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4654 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4655 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4656 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4658 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4659 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4660 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4661 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4662 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4663 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4664 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4666 \\{conf-mode-map}
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4671 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4672 Comments start with `#'.
4673 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4675 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4677 \[Desktop Entry]
4678 Encoding=UTF-8
4679 Name=The GIMP
4680 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4681 Name[cs]=GIMP
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4686 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4687 Comments start with `;'.
4688 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4690 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4692 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4693 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4694 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4696 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4697 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4702 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4703 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4704 between `/*' and `*/'.
4705 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4707 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4708 // another kind of comment
4709 /* yet another */
4711 name:value
4712 name=value
4713 name value
4714 x.1 =
4715 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4716 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4720 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4721 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4722 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4723 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4724 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4725 `conf-space-keywords'.
4726 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4727 in an interactive fashion instead.
4729 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4731 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4733 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4734 image/png png
4735 image/tiff tiff tif
4737 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4738 class desktop
4739 # Standard multimedia devices
4740 add /dev/audio desktop
4741 add /dev/mixer desktop
4743 \(fn)" t nil)
4745 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4746 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4747 See `conf-space-mode'.
4749 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4751 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4752 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4753 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4754 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4756 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4758 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4759 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4761 \(fn)" t nil)
4763 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4764 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4765 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4766 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4768 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4770 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4771 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4773 \(fn)" t nil)
4775 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4776 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4777 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4778 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4780 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4782 *background: gray99
4783 *foreground: black
4785 \(fn)" t nil)
4787 ;;;***
4789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22180 39318 464077
4790 ;;;;;; 241000))
4791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4793 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4794 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4795 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4796 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4797 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4798 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4800 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4802 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4803 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4804 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4805 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4807 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4809 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4810 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4811 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4812 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4814 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4816 ;;;***
4818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22180
4819 ;;;;;; 39318 284078 68000))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4821 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4822 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4823 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4825 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4826 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4827 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4828 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4829 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4830 following the copyright are updated as well.
4831 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4832 interactively.
4834 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4836 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4837 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4838 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4839 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4840 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4842 \(fn)" t nil)
4844 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4845 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4847 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4849 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4850 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4851 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4853 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4855 ;;;***
4857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22180
4858 ;;;;;; 39318 482077 158000))
4859 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4860 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4861 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4862 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4863 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4864 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4865 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4866 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4868 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4869 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4870 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4871 Tab indents for Perl code.
4872 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4873 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4875 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4876 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4877 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4878 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4879 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4880 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4881 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4882 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4883 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4884 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4885 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4886 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4888 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4890 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4891 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4893 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4895 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4896 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4897 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4898 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4899 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4900 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4901 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4902 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4903 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4905 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4907 bite if angry;
4909 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4910 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4911 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4912 to nil.)
4914 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4915 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4916 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4918 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4920 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4921 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4922 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4923 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4924 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4926 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4928 if (A) { B }
4930 into
4932 B if A;
4934 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4936 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4937 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4938 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4939 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4940 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4941 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4942 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4943 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4944 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4945 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4946 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4947 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4948 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4950 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4951 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4952 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4953 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4954 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4955 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4957 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4958 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4959 man via menu.
4961 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4962 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4963 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4964 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4965 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4967 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4968 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4969 span the needed amount of lines.
4971 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4972 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4973 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4974 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4976 Variables controlling indentation style:
4977 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4978 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4979 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4980 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4981 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4982 `cperl-auto-newline'
4983 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4984 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4985 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4986 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4987 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4988 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4989 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4990 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4991 `cperl-indent-level'
4992 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4993 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4994 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4995 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4996 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4997 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4998 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4999 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5000 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5001 `cperl-brace-offset'
5002 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5003 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5004 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5005 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5006 `cperl-label-offset'
5007 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5008 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5009 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5011 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5012 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5013 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5014 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5015 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5016 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5018 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5019 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5020 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5021 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5023 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5024 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5025 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5026 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5027 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5028 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5029 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5031 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5032 column 0 is indented on
5033 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5035 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5036 with no args.
5038 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5039 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5040 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5044 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5045 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5047 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5049 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5050 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5052 \(fn)" t nil)
5054 ;;;***
5056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22180 39318 482077
5057 ;;;;;; 158000))
5058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5060 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5061 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5062 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5063 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5064 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5066 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5068 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5069 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5071 \(fn)" t nil)
5073 ;;;***
5075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22180 39318 285078
5076 ;;;;;; 64000))
5077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5079 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5080 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5081 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5082 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5083 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5084 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5085 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5086 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5088 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5089 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5091 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5092 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5093 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5095 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5096 with empty strings removed.
5098 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5100 ;;;***
5102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22180 39318
5103 ;;;;;; 530076 937000))
5104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5106 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5107 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5109 \(fn)" t nil)
5110 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5112 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5113 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5115 \(fn)" t nil)
5117 ;;;***
5119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22180 39318
5120 ;;;;;; 295078 18000))
5121 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5123 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5124 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5125 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5127 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5128 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5130 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5132 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5133 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5134 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5135 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5136 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5138 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5139 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5140 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5141 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5142 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5143 normal function of these prefix keys.
5145 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5146 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5147 options:
5148 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5149 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5150 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5152 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5153 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5154 the prefix fallback behavior.
5156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5158 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5159 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5161 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5163 ;;;***
5165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22180 39318
5166 ;;;;;; 296078 13000))
5167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5169 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5170 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5171 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5175 ;;;***
5177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5178 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 285078 64000))
5179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5181 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5182 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5186 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5187 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5188 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5189 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5190 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5191 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5192 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5196 ;;;***
5198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22180 39318 273078
5199 ;;;;;; 119000))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5202 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5203 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5205 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5207 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5208 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5210 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5212 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5213 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5215 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5217 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5218 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5220 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5221 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5223 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5224 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5226 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5228 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5230 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5231 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5232 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5234 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5235 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5237 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5238 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5240 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5241 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5243 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5245 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5247 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5248 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5249 Return VALUE.
5251 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5252 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5254 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5255 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5257 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5258 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5260 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5262 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5264 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5265 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5266 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5267 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5269 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5270 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5271 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5273 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5275 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5276 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5277 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5278 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5279 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5281 \(fn)" t nil)
5283 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5285 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5286 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5288 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5290 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5291 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5292 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5294 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5296 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5297 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5299 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5301 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5303 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5306 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5308 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5310 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5311 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5312 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5314 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5316 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5317 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5318 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5319 as part of Emacs itself.
5321 Each elements looks like this:
5323 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5325 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5326 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5327 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5328 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5329 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5330 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5331 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5332 and `defface'.
5334 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5336 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5337 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5338 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5339 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5340 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5342 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5343 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5344 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5345 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5347 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5349 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5350 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5351 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5352 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5353 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5354 release.
5356 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5357 that were added or redefined since that version.
5359 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5361 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5362 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5363 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5364 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5366 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5368 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5369 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5371 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5373 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5374 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5375 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5377 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5378 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5380 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5382 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5383 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5385 \(fn)" t nil)
5387 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5388 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5390 \(fn)" t nil)
5392 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5393 Customize all saved options and faces.
5395 \(fn)" t nil)
5397 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5398 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5399 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5400 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5401 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5402 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5404 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5405 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5406 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5408 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5410 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5411 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5413 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5415 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5416 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5418 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5420 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5421 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5423 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5425 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5426 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5427 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5428 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5430 \(fn)" nil nil)
5432 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5433 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5434 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5435 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5436 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5437 that option.
5438 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5440 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5442 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5443 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5444 The result includes selecting that window.
5445 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5446 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5447 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5448 that option.
5450 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5452 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5453 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5455 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5457 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5458 File used for storing customization information.
5459 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5460 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5461 it should be an absolute file name.
5463 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5464 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5465 something like the following in your init file:
5467 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5468 \(load custom-file)
5470 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5471 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5473 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5474 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5475 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5476 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5477 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5479 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5480 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5481 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5482 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5483 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5484 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5485 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5486 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5487 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5488 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5490 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5492 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5493 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5495 \(fn)" nil nil)
5497 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5498 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5500 \(fn)" t nil)
5502 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5503 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5504 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5506 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5508 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5509 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5510 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5511 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5512 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5514 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5516 ;;;***
5518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22180 39318 273078
5519 ;;;;;; 119000))
5520 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5522 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5523 Create or edit a custom theme.
5524 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5525 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5526 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5527 from the Custom save file.
5528 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5529 named *Custom Theme*.
5531 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5533 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5534 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5536 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5538 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5539 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5541 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5543 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5544 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5545 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5546 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5548 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5550 ;;;***
5552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22180 39318
5553 ;;;;;; 547076 859000))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5556 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5557 Mode used for cvs status output.
5559 \(fn)" t nil)
5561 ;;;***
5563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22180 39318 482077
5564 ;;;;;; 158000))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5566 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5568 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5569 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5571 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5573 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5574 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5575 C++ modes are included.
5577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5578 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5579 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5583 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5585 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5586 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5587 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5590 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5592 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5594 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5595 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5596 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5597 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5598 ARG is omitted or nil.
5600 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5601 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5602 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5606 ;;;***
5608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22180
5609 ;;;;;; 39318 371077 668000))
5610 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5612 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5613 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5615 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5617 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5618 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5620 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5622 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5623 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5624 For readability, the table is slightly
5625 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5627 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5628 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5629 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5630 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5631 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5633 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5635 ;;;***
5637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22180 39318 274078
5638 ;;;;;; 114000))
5639 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5640 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5641 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5642 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5643 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5645 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5646 Completion on current word.
5647 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5648 and presents suggestions for completion.
5650 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5651 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5652 completions.
5654 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5655 then it searches *all* buffers.
5657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5659 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5660 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5662 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5663 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5664 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5665 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5666 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5668 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5669 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5671 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5672 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5673 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5675 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5676 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5678 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5682 ;;;***
5684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22180 39318
5685 ;;;;;; 248078 234000))
5686 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5688 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5689 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5691 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5693 ;;;***
5695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22180 39318 406077 507000))
5696 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5698 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5699 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5700 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5701 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5702 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5704 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5706 ;;;***
5708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22180 39318
5709 ;;;;;; 483077 153000))
5710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5712 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5713 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5715 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5716 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5717 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5719 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5720 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5721 Data lines are not indented.
5723 Key bindings:
5725 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5726 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5728 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5729 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5730 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5731 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5733 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5735 dcl-basic-offset
5736 Extra indentation within blocks.
5738 dcl-continuation-offset
5739 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5741 dcl-margin-offset
5742 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5744 dcl-margin-label-offset
5745 Indentation for a label.
5747 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5748 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5750 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5751 dcl-block-end-regexp
5752 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5753 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5754 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5755 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5756 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5758 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5759 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5760 Two such functions are included in the package:
5761 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5762 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5764 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5765 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5766 One such function is included in the package:
5767 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5769 dcl-tab-always-indent
5770 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5771 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5772 margin.
5774 dcl-electric-characters
5775 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5776 typed.
5778 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5779 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5780 which words trigger electric indentation.
5782 dcl-tempo-comma
5783 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5784 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5785 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5787 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5788 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5789 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5790 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5792 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5793 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5794 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5795 dcl-imenu-label-call
5796 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5798 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5799 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5800 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5801 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5804 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5806 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5807 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5808 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5809 $ i = 1
5810 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5811 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5812 $ label:
5813 $ if i.eq.1
5814 $ then
5815 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5816 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5817 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5818 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5819 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5820 \"lined up with the command line\"
5821 $ type sys$input
5822 Data lines are not indented at all.
5823 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5824 $ endif
5828 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5829 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5831 \(fn)" t nil)
5833 ;;;***
5835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22180 39318
5836 ;;;;;; 285078 64000))
5837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5839 (setq debugger 'debug)
5841 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5842 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5843 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5844 of the evaluator.
5846 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5847 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5848 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5850 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5852 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5853 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5855 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5857 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5858 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5859 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5860 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5861 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5862 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5864 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5865 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5867 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5869 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5870 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5871 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5872 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5873 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5875 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5877 ;;;***
5879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22180 39318
5880 ;;;;;; 464077 241000))
5881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5883 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5884 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5886 \(fn)" t nil)
5888 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5889 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5890 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5891 Upper-case letters are commands.
5893 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5894 modify it.
5896 The most useful commands are:
5897 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5898 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5899 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5900 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5901 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5902 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5904 \(fn)" t nil)
5906 ;;;***
5908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22180 39318 274078
5909 ;;;;;; 114000))
5910 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5911 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5913 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5914 Customization of `columns' group.
5916 \(fn)" t nil)
5918 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5919 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5921 START and END delimits the text region.
5923 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5925 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5926 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5928 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5930 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5932 ;;;***
5934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22180 39318 274078 114000))
5935 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5937 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5939 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5940 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5941 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5944 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5946 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5948 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5949 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5951 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5952 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5954 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5955 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5956 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5957 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5959 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5960 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5964 ;;;***
5966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22180 39318
5967 ;;;;;; 285078 64000))
5968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5970 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5971 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5973 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5975 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5976 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5977 or nil if there is no parent.
5978 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5979 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5980 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5981 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5982 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5984 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5985 arguments are currently understood:
5986 :group GROUP
5987 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5988 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5989 :syntax-table TABLE
5990 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5991 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5992 :abbrev-table TABLE
5993 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5994 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5996 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5998 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6000 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6001 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6002 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6004 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6005 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6007 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6008 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6009 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6011 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6012 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6014 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6015 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6017 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6019 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6021 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6023 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
6025 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6026 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6027 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6028 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6029 the first time the mode is used.
6031 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6033 ;;;***
6035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22180 39318 274078
6036 ;;;;;; 114000))
6037 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6039 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6040 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6041 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6042 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6043 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6044 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6045 otherwise.
6047 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6049 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6050 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6051 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6052 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6054 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6055 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6056 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6058 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6059 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6060 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6061 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6062 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6063 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6064 relevant to POS.
6066 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6068 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6069 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6071 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6072 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6073 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6074 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6075 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6076 minibuffer window for width limit.
6078 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6079 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6081 \(fn)" nil nil)
6083 ;;;***
6085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22180 39318 274078
6086 ;;;;;; 114000))
6087 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6089 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6090 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6091 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6093 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6094 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6096 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6098 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6099 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6100 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6101 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6102 is omitted or nil.
6104 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6105 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6106 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6107 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6109 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6110 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6112 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6113 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6115 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6117 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6121 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6122 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6123 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6124 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6126 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6128 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6129 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6131 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6132 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6133 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6135 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6136 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6138 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6139 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6140 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6142 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6143 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6144 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6145 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6147 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6149 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6150 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6152 Handlers are called with argument list
6154 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6156 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6158 `desktop-file-version'
6159 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6160 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6161 `desktop-buffer-point'
6162 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6163 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6164 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6166 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6167 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6169 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6170 code like
6172 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6174 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6175 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6177 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6178 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6179 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6181 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6183 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6184 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6185 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6186 List elements must have the form
6188 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6190 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6191 function.
6193 Handlers are called with argument list
6195 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6197 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6199 `desktop-file-version'
6200 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6201 `desktop-buffer-name'
6202 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6203 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6204 `desktop-buffer-point'
6205 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6206 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6207 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6209 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6210 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6211 created and set.
6213 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6214 code like
6216 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6218 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6219 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6221 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6222 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6223 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6225 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6227 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6229 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6230 Empty the Desktop.
6231 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6232 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6233 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6234 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6235 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6236 if different).
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6240 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6241 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6242 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6243 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6244 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6245 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6246 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6247 do not rewrite the file.
6249 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6250 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6251 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6252 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6253 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6254 file.
6256 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6257 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6258 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6259 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6260 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6261 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6262 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6263 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6264 without further confirmation.
6266 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6268 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6269 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6270 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6272 \(fn)" t nil)
6274 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6275 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6276 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6277 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6278 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6279 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6280 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6281 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6283 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6285 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6286 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6287 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6289 \(fn)" nil nil)
6291 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6293 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6294 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6295 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6296 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6297 directory DIRNAME.
6299 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6301 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6302 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6304 \(fn)" t nil)
6306 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6307 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6309 \(fn)" t nil)
6311 ;;;***
6313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22180 39318
6314 ;;;;;; 327077 871000))
6315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6317 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6318 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6319 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6320 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6321 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6322 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6324 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6326 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6327 Repair a broken attribution line.
6328 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6330 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6332 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6333 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6334 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6335 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6337 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6339 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6340 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6342 \(fn)" t nil)
6344 ;;;***
6346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22180
6347 ;;;;;; 39318 244078 252000))
6348 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6350 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6351 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6352 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6353 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6354 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6358 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6359 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6360 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6361 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6363 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6364 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6365 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6366 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6368 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6369 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6371 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6372 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6373 calendar-date-style \\='european
6374 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6376 \(diary-mail-entries)
6378 # diary-rem.el ends here
6380 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6382 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6383 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6385 \(fn)" t nil)
6387 ;;;***
6389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22180 39318 548076 854000))
6390 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6392 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6393 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6395 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6397 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6398 The command to use to run diff.")
6400 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6402 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6403 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6404 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6405 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6406 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6407 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6409 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6410 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6411 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6413 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6415 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6416 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6417 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6418 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6419 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6420 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6422 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6424 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6425 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6427 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6429 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6430 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6431 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6433 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6435 ;;;***
6437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22180 39318
6438 ;;;;;; 548076 854000))
6439 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6441 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6442 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6443 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6444 normal diffs.
6446 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6447 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6448 headers for you on-the-fly.
6450 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6451 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6452 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6454 \\{diff-mode-map}
6456 \(fn)" t nil)
6458 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6459 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6460 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6461 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6462 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6464 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6468 ;;;***
6470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22180 39318 406077 507000))
6471 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6473 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6474 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6475 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6477 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6479 ;;;***
6481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22180 50234 568884 829000))
6482 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6484 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6485 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6486 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6487 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6488 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6489 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6490 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6491 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6493 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6495 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6496 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6497 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6498 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6499 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6500 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6502 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6503 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6504 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6505 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6507 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6508 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6510 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6511 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6512 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6513 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6514 listing have no effect.
6516 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6517 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6518 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6520 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6522 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6523 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6525 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6526 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6528 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6529 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6531 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6532 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6534 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6536 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6537 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6539 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6541 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6542 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6543 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6544 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6545 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6546 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6547 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6548 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6549 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6550 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6551 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6552 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6553 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6554 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6555 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6556 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6557 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6558 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6559 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6560 to see why something went wrong.
6561 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6562 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6563 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6564 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6565 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6566 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6567 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6568 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6569 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6570 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6571 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6572 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6573 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6575 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6576 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6577 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6578 again for the directory tree.
6580 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6581 for more info):
6583 `dired-listing-switches'
6584 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6585 `dired-marker-char'
6586 `dired-del-marker'
6587 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6588 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6589 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6590 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6592 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6594 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6595 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6596 `dired-mode-hook'
6597 `dired-load-hook'
6599 Keybindings:
6600 \\{dired-mode-map}
6602 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6603 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6605 ;;;***
6607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22180 39318 276078
6608 ;;;;;; 105000))
6609 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6611 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6612 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6613 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6614 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6615 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6617 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6618 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6619 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6621 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6622 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6623 directory.
6625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6627 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6628 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6629 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6630 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6631 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6632 from `default-directory'.
6634 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6636 ;;;***
6638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22180 39318
6639 ;;;;;; 285078 64000))
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6642 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6643 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6644 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6645 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6646 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6647 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6649 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6651 ;;;***
6653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22180 39318 277078
6654 ;;;;;; 101000))
6655 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6657 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6658 Return a new, empty display table.
6660 \(fn)" nil nil)
6662 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6663 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6664 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6665 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6666 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6668 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6670 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6671 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6672 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6673 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6674 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6676 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6678 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6679 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6681 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6683 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6684 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6686 \(fn)" t nil)
6688 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6689 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6691 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6692 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6694 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6695 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6696 byte.
6698 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6699 in the default way after this call.
6701 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6703 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6704 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6706 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6708 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6709 Display character C using printable string S.
6711 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6713 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6714 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6715 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6716 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6718 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6720 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6721 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6722 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6723 X frame.
6725 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6727 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6728 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6730 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6732 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6733 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6735 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6737 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6738 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6740 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6742 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6743 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6745 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6747 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6748 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6750 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6752 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6753 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6755 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6756 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6758 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6759 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6761 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6762 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6763 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6764 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6766 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6767 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6768 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6769 in `.emacs'.
6771 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6773 ;;;***
6775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22180 39318
6776 ;;;;;; 464077 241000))
6777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6779 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6780 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6781 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6782 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6783 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6784 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6785 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6786 Default is 2.
6788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6790 ;;;***
6792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22180 39318 277078 101000))
6793 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6795 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6796 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6797 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6798 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6799 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6800 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6801 private or ask).
6802 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6803 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6804 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6805 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6806 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6808 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6810 ;;;***
6812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22180 39318
6813 ;;;;;; 530076 937000))
6814 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6816 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6817 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6818 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6819 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6820 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6821 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6822 table and its own syntax table.
6824 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6826 \(fn)" t nil)
6827 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6829 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6830 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6832 \(fn)" t nil)
6834 ;;;***
6836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22180 39318 277078
6837 ;;;;;; 101000))
6838 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6840 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6841 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6842 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6843 OpenDocument format).
6845 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6847 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6848 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6850 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6851 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6853 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6854 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6855 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6857 \(fn)" t nil)
6859 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6860 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6861 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6862 to the next best mode.
6864 \(fn)" nil nil)
6866 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6867 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6868 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6869 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6870 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6872 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6876 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6879 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6881 ;;;***
6883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22180 39318 465077
6884 ;;;;;; 236000))
6885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6887 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6888 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6890 \(fn)" t nil)
6892 ;;;***
6894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22180 39318 277078 101000))
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6897 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6898 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6900 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6901 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6903 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6904 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6908 ;;;***
6910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22180 39318 465077
6911 ;;;;;; 236000))
6912 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6913 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6915 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6916 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6918 \(fn)" t nil)
6920 ;;;***
6922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22180
6923 ;;;;;; 39318 285078 64000))
6924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6926 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6928 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6929 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6930 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6931 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6932 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6934 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6935 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6936 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6937 and disables it otherwise.
6939 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6940 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6941 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6942 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6944 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6945 documenting what its argument does.
6947 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6948 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6949 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6950 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6951 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6952 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6953 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6954 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6956 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6957 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6958 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6959 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6960 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6961 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6962 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6963 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6964 the minor mode is global):
6966 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6967 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6968 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6969 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6970 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6971 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6972 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6973 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6974 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6975 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6976 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6977 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6978 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6979 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6980 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6981 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6982 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6983 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6984 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6985 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6986 in :variable).
6988 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6989 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6991 For example, you could write
6992 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6993 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
6994 ...BODY CODE...)
6996 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6998 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7000 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7002 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7004 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7005 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7006 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7007 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7008 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7009 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7010 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7011 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7012 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7013 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7014 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7015 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7017 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7018 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7019 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7020 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7021 call another major mode in their body.
7023 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7024 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7025 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7027 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7029 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7031 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7032 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7033 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7034 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7035 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7036 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7037 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7039 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7041 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7042 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7043 :inherit Parent keymap.
7044 :group Ignored.
7045 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7046 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7048 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7050 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7051 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7052 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7053 the constant's documentation.
7055 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7057 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7058 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7059 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7061 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7063 ;;;***
7065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22180
7066 ;;;;;; 39318 285078 64000))
7067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7069 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7070 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7071 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7072 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7074 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7075 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7076 as a top-level menu bar item.
7078 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7079 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7080 pairs:
7082 :filter FUNCTION
7083 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7084 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7085 items to actually display.
7087 :visible INCLUDE
7088 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7089 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7090 alias for `:visible'.
7092 :active ENABLE
7093 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7094 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7095 an alias for `:active'.
7097 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7098 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7100 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7102 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7104 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7105 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7107 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7108 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7110 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7112 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7114 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7115 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7117 :keys KEYS
7118 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7119 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7120 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7121 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7123 :key-sequence KEYS
7124 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7125 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7126 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7127 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7129 :active ENABLE
7130 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7131 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7132 alias for `:active'.
7134 :visible INCLUDE
7135 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7136 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7137 `:visible'.
7139 :label FORM
7140 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7141 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7143 :suffix FORM
7144 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7145 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7147 :style STYLE
7148 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7149 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7150 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7152 :selected SELECTED
7153 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7154 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7156 :help HELP
7157 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7159 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7160 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7161 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7163 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7164 MENU. This is a submenu.
7166 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7168 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7170 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7173 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7175 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7176 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7177 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7178 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7180 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7182 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7183 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7184 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7185 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7186 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7187 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7189 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7190 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7191 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7193 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7194 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7195 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7197 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7198 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7200 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7202 ;;;***
7204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22180 39318
7205 ;;;;;; 484077 149000))
7206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7207 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7209 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7210 Customization for ebnf group.
7212 \(fn)" t nil)
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7217 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7219 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7220 processed.
7222 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7224 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7229 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7230 killed after process termination.
7232 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7234 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7239 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7240 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7241 it to the printer.
7243 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7244 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7245 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7246 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7248 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7250 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7252 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7254 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7256 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7257 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7259 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7261 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7262 processed.
7264 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7266 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7271 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7272 killed after process termination.
7274 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7276 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7278 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7279 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7280 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7281 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7283 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7285 \(fn)" t nil)
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7289 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7291 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7293 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7298 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7300 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7301 processed.
7303 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7305 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7307 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7308 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7310 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7311 killed after EPS generation.
7313 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7315 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7320 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7321 The EPS file name has the following form:
7323 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7325 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7326 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7328 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7329 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7330 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7331 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7332 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7334 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7335 files.
7337 \(fn)" t nil)
7339 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7340 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7342 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7343 The EPS file name has the following form:
7345 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7347 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7348 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7350 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7351 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7352 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7353 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7354 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7356 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7357 files.
7359 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7361 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7363 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7364 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7366 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7368 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7369 are processed.
7371 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7373 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7376 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7378 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7379 killed after syntax checking.
7381 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7383 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7386 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7388 \(fn)" t nil)
7390 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7391 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7393 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7396 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7398 \(fn)" nil nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7401 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7403 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7405 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7407 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7408 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7410 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7412 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7414 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7415 Delete style NAME.
7417 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7419 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7421 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7422 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7424 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7426 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7429 Set STYLE as the current style.
7431 Returns the old style symbol.
7433 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7435 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7437 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7438 Reset current style.
7440 Returns the old style symbol.
7442 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7444 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7446 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7447 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7449 Returns the old style symbol.
7451 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7453 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7455 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7458 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7460 Returns the old style symbol.
7462 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7464 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7468 ;;;***
7470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22180 39318
7471 ;;;;;; 485077 144000))
7472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7475 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7476 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7477 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7478 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7479 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7481 Tree mode key bindings:
7482 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7484 \(fn)" t nil)
7486 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7487 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7489 \(fn)" t nil)
7491 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7492 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7494 \(fn)" t nil)
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7497 View declaration of member at point.
7499 \(fn)" t nil)
7501 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7502 Find declaration of member at point.
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7507 View definition of member at point.
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7512 Find definition of member at point.
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7517 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7519 \(fn)" t nil)
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7522 View definition of member at point in other window.
7524 \(fn)" t nil)
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7527 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7529 \(fn)" t nil)
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7532 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7534 \(fn)" t nil)
7536 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7537 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7539 \(fn)" t nil)
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7542 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7544 \(fn)" t nil)
7546 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7547 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7548 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7549 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7550 completion.
7552 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7555 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7556 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7557 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7559 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7561 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7562 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7563 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7564 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7566 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7568 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7569 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7570 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7572 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7574 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7575 Search for call sites of a member.
7576 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7577 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7578 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7579 looks like a function call to the member.
7581 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7583 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7584 Move backward in the position stack.
7585 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7589 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7590 Move forward in the position stack.
7591 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7593 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7595 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7596 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7598 \(fn)" t nil)
7600 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7601 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7603 \(fn)" t nil)
7605 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7606 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7607 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7608 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7610 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7612 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7613 Display statistics for a class tree.
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7617 ;;;***
7619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22180 39318 278078
7620 ;;;;;; 96000))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7623 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7624 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7625 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7626 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7627 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7628 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7629 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7631 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7633 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7634 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7635 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7636 also has this effect.
7637 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7638 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7639 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7640 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7641 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7642 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7643 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7644 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7645 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7646 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7648 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7650 ;;;***
7652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22180 39318 278078
7653 ;;;;;; 96000))
7654 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7656 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7657 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7658 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7660 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7662 ;;;***
7664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22180 39318
7665 ;;;;;; 327077 871000))
7666 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7668 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7671 \(fn)" nil nil)
7673 ;;;***
7675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22180 39318 249078 229000))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7677 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7679 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7680 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7681 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7683 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7684 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7686 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7688 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7689 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7690 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7691 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7692 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7694 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7695 an EDE controlled project.
7697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7699 ;;;***
7701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22180 39318
7702 ;;;;;; 286078 59000))
7703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7705 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7706 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7707 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7708 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7709 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7711 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7712 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7713 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7714 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7716 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7718 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7719 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7720 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7721 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7723 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7725 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7726 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7727 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7728 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7730 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7732 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7734 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7735 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7736 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7737 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7738 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7740 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7741 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7742 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7743 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7744 instrumented for Edebug.
7746 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7747 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7748 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7749 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7750 already is one.)
7752 \(fn)" t nil)
7754 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7755 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7757 \(fn)" t nil)
7759 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7760 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7762 \(fn)" t nil)
7764 ;;;***
7766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22180 39318 551076 840000))
7767 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7768 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7770 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7771 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7773 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7775 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7778 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7780 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7782 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7784 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7785 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7786 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7787 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7789 \(fn)" t nil)
7791 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7792 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7793 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7794 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7796 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7798 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7801 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7803 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7805 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7808 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7810 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7812 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7813 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7814 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7815 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7817 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7819 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7821 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7822 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7823 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7824 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7826 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7828 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7830 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7831 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7832 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7833 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7835 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7837 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7839 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7840 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7841 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7842 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7844 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7846 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7848 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7849 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7850 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7851 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7852 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7853 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7857 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7858 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7859 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7860 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7862 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7864 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7866 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7867 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7868 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7869 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7871 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7873 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7875 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7878 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7879 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7880 follows:
7881 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7882 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7884 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7886 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7887 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7888 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7889 follows:
7890 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7891 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7893 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7895 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7896 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7897 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7898 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7899 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7901 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7904 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7905 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7906 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7907 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7908 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7910 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7912 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7914 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7915 Merge two files without ancestor.
7917 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7919 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7920 Merge two files with ancestor.
7922 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7924 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7926 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7927 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7929 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7931 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7932 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7934 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7936 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7937 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7938 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7939 buffer.
7941 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7944 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7945 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7946 buffer.
7948 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7950 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7951 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7952 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7953 and don't ask the user.
7954 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7955 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7957 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7959 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7960 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7961 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7962 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7963 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7964 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7965 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7966 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7970 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7972 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7974 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7975 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7976 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7977 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7978 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7980 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7982 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7984 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7985 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7986 When called interactively, displays the version.
7988 \(fn)" t nil)
7990 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7991 Display Ediff's manual.
7992 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7994 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7996 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7999 \(fn)" nil nil)
8001 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8004 \(fn)" nil nil)
8006 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8009 \(fn)" nil nil)
8011 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8014 \(fn)" nil nil)
8016 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8019 \(fn)" nil nil)
8021 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8024 \(fn)" nil nil)
8026 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8029 \(fn)" nil nil)
8031 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8034 \(fn)" nil nil)
8036 ;;;***
8038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22180 39318
8039 ;;;;;; 548076 854000))
8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8042 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8045 \(fn)" t nil)
8047 ;;;***
8049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22180 39318
8050 ;;;;;; 549076 850000))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8053 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8054 Display Ediff's registry.
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8058 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8060 ;;;***
8062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22180 39318
8063 ;;;;;; 551076 840000))
8064 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8066 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8067 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8068 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8069 which see.
8071 \(fn)" t nil)
8073 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8074 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8075 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8076 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8078 \(fn)" t nil)
8080 ;;;***
8082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22180 39318 278078
8083 ;;;;;; 96000))
8084 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8085 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8087 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8088 Edit a keyboard macro.
8089 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8090 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8091 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8092 its command name.
8093 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8095 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8097 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8098 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8100 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8102 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8103 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8105 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8107 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8108 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8109 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8110 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8111 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8112 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8114 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8115 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8116 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8117 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8119 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8121 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8122 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8123 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8124 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8125 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8126 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8128 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8130 ;;;***
8132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22180 39318 296078
8133 ;;;;;; 13000))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8136 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8137 Set scroll margins.
8138 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8139 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8141 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8143 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8144 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8146 \(fn)" t nil)
8148 ;;;***
8150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22180 39318 278078 96000))
8151 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8153 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8154 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8155 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8156 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8157 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8158 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8159 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8161 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8162 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8164 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8165 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8166 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8167 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8169 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8170 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8171 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8173 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8174 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8175 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8177 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8179 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8182 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8184 ;;;***
8186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22180 39318
8187 ;;;;;; 287078 55000))
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8189 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8191 ;;;***
8193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22180
8194 ;;;;;; 39318 287078 55000))
8195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8196 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8198 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8199 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8200 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8201 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8202 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8203 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8204 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8206 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8208 ;;;***
8210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22180 39318 278078
8211 ;;;;;; 96000))
8212 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8214 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8215 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8217 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8218 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8219 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8221 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8223 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8224 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8225 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8227 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8228 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8230 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8232 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8233 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8234 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8235 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8236 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8238 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8239 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8240 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8241 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8245 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8246 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8250 ;;;***
8252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22180 39318 278078
8253 ;;;;;; 96000))
8254 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8256 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8257 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8259 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8260 an elided material again.
8262 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8266 ;;;***
8268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22180 39318
8269 ;;;;;; 288078 50000))
8270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8272 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8273 Lint the file FILE.
8275 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8277 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8278 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8279 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8281 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8284 Lint the current buffer.
8285 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8287 \(fn)" t nil)
8289 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8290 Lint the function at point.
8291 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8293 \(fn)" t nil)
8295 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8296 Initialize elint.
8297 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8298 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8300 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8302 ;;;***
8304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22180 39318 288078
8305 ;;;;;; 50000))
8306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8308 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8309 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8310 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8312 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8314 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8315 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8316 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8317 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8319 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8321 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8322 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8323 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8325 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8327 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8330 Display current profiling results.
8331 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8332 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8333 displayed.
8335 \(fn)" t nil)
8337 ;;;***
8339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22180 39318 295078
8340 ;;;;;; 18000))
8341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8343 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8344 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8345 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8346 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8347 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8348 ARG is omitted or nil.
8350 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8351 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8352 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8353 used instead.
8355 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8357 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8358 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8359 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8361 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8365 ;;;***
8367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22180 39318
8368 ;;;;;; 386077 599000))
8369 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8371 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8372 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8373 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8375 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8377 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8379 ;;;***
8381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22122 65326 207714
8382 ;;;;;; 983000))
8383 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8385 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8386 Run Emerge on two files.
8388 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8390 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8391 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8393 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8395 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8396 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8398 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8400 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8401 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8403 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8405 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8408 \(fn)" nil nil)
8410 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8413 \(fn)" nil nil)
8415 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8418 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8420 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8423 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8425 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8426 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8428 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8430 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8431 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8433 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8435 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8438 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8440 ;;;***
8442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22180 39318
8443 ;;;;;; 530076 937000))
8444 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8446 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8447 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8448 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8449 text/enriched format.
8451 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8452 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8453 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8455 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8457 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8458 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8460 Commands:
8462 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8466 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8469 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8471 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8474 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8476 ;;;***
8478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22180 39318 299077 999000))
8479 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8481 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8482 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8484 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8486 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8487 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8489 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8492 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8493 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8494 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8495 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8496 the keys are listed.
8497 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8499 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8501 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8502 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8503 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8505 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8507 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8508 Verify FILE.
8510 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8513 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8515 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8517 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8518 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8520 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8522 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8523 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8525 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8526 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8527 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8528 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8530 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8531 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8532 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8533 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8534 should consider using the string based counterpart
8535 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8536 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8538 For example:
8540 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8541 (decode-coding-string
8542 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8543 \\='utf-8))
8545 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8547 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8548 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8550 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8551 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8553 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8555 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8557 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8558 Verify the current region between START and END.
8560 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8561 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8562 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8563 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8564 should consider using the string based counterpart
8565 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8566 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8568 For example:
8570 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8571 (decode-coding-string
8572 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8573 \\='utf-8))
8575 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8577 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8579 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8580 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8581 between START and END.
8583 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8584 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8586 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8588 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8590 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8591 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8593 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8594 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8595 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8596 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8597 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8598 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8600 For example:
8602 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8603 (epg-sign-string
8604 context
8605 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8607 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8609 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8611 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8612 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8614 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8615 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8616 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8617 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8618 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8619 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8621 For example:
8623 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8624 (epg-encrypt-string
8625 context
8626 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8627 nil))
8629 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8631 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8633 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8634 Delete selected KEYS.
8636 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8638 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8639 Import keys from FILE.
8641 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8643 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8644 Import keys from the region.
8646 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8649 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8650 between START and END.
8652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8654 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8655 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8657 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8659 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8660 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8662 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8664 ;;;***
8666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22180 39318 299077
8667 ;;;;;; 999000))
8668 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8670 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8671 Decrypt marked files.
8673 \(fn)" t nil)
8675 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8676 Verify marked files.
8678 \(fn)" t nil)
8680 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8681 Sign marked files.
8683 \(fn)" t nil)
8685 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8686 Encrypt marked files.
8688 \(fn)" t nil)
8690 ;;;***
8692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22180 39318 299077
8693 ;;;;;; 999000))
8694 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8696 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8699 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8701 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8704 \(fn)" t nil)
8706 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8709 \(fn)" t nil)
8711 ;;;***
8713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22180 39318 299077
8714 ;;;;;; 999000))
8715 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8717 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8718 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8720 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8721 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8725 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8726 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8727 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8729 \(fn)" t nil)
8731 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8733 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8734 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8735 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8737 \(fn)" t nil)
8739 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8741 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8742 Sign the current buffer.
8743 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8745 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8747 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8749 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8750 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8751 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8752 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8753 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8754 and also whether and how to sign.
8756 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8757 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8758 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8760 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8762 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8764 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8765 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8766 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8768 \(fn)" t nil)
8770 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8772 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8773 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8774 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8775 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8776 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8777 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8779 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8781 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8782 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8783 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8784 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8785 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8789 ;;;***
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22180 39318 300077 995000))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8793 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8795 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8796 Return a context object.
8798 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8800 ;;;***
8802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22180 39318 299077
8803 ;;;;;; 999000))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8806 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8807 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8809 \(fn)" nil nil)
8811 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8812 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8814 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8816 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8817 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8819 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8821 ;;;***
8823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22180 39318 306077 967000))
8824 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8825 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8827 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8828 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8830 \(fn)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8833 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8834 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8836 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8838 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8839 (server (erc-compute-server))
8840 (port (erc-compute-port))
8841 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8842 password
8843 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8845 That is, if called with
8847 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8849 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8850 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8851 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8853 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8855 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8857 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8858 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8859 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8861 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8863 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8864 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8865 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8866 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8868 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8870 ;;;***
8872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22180
8873 ;;;;;; 39318 302077 986000))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8875 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8877 ;;;***
8879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22180 39318
8880 ;;;;;; 302077 986000))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8882 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8884 ;;;***
8886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22180 39318
8887 ;;;;;; 302077 986000))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8889 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8891 ;;;***
8893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22180 39318
8894 ;;;;;; 302077 986000))
8895 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8896 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8898 ;;;***
8900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22180 39318 303077
8901 ;;;;;; 981000))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8903 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8905 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8906 Parser for /dcc command.
8907 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8908 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8909 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8911 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8913 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8914 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8916 \(fn)" nil nil)
8918 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8919 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8921 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8922 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8923 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8924 that subcommand.
8926 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8928 ;;;***
8930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8931 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 303077 981000))
8932 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8933 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8935 ;;;***
8937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22180
8938 ;;;;;; 39318 303077 981000))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8941 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8942 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8944 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8946 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8947 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8948 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8949 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8951 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8953 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8958 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8959 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8961 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8963 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8964 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8966 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8968 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8969 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8971 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8973 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8974 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8976 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8978 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8979 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8981 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8983 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8984 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8986 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8988 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8989 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8991 \(fn)" nil nil)
8993 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8994 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8996 \(fn)" nil nil)
8998 ;;;***
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22180 39318 303077
9001 ;;;;;; 981000))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9003 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9005 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9006 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9007 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9009 \(fn)" nil nil)
9011 ;;;***
9013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22180 39318
9014 ;;;;;; 303077 981000))
9015 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9016 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9018 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9019 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9020 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9021 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9022 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9023 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9024 system.
9026 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9028 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9031 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9033 ;;;***
9035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22180 39318
9036 ;;;;;; 303077 981000))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9039 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9042 \(fn)" nil nil)
9044 ;;;***
9046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22180 39318 303077
9047 ;;;;;; 981000))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9051 ;;;***
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22180 39318 303077
9054 ;;;;;; 981000))
9055 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9056 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9058 ;;;***
9060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22180 39318 304077
9061 ;;;;;; 977000))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9063 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9065 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9066 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9067 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9068 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9069 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9070 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9072 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9074 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9075 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9076 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9077 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9079 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9080 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9081 automatically.
9083 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9084 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9086 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9088 ;;;***
9090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22180 39318
9091 ;;;;;; 304077 977000))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9093 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9095 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9096 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9098 \(fn)" t nil)
9100 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9101 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9103 \(fn)" t nil)
9105 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9106 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9108 \(fn)" t nil)
9110 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9111 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9113 \(fn)" t nil)
9115 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9116 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9118 \(fn)" t nil)
9120 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9121 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9123 \(fn)" t nil)
9125 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9126 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9128 \(fn)" t nil)
9130 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9131 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9133 \(fn)" t nil)
9135 ;;;***
9137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22180 39318 304077
9138 ;;;;;; 977000))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9140 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9142 ;;;***
9144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22180
9145 ;;;;;; 39318 304077 977000))
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9147 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9149 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9150 Show who's gone.
9152 \(fn)" nil nil)
9154 ;;;***
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22180
9157 ;;;;;; 39318 304077 977000))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9160 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9161 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9162 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9163 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9165 \(fn)" nil nil)
9167 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9168 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9170 \(fn)" t nil)
9172 ;;;***
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22180 39318
9175 ;;;;;; 304077 977000))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9179 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9180 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9181 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9182 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9184 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9186 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9189 \(fn)" nil nil)
9191 ;;;***
9193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22180 39318 304077
9194 ;;;;;; 977000))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9196 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9198 ;;;***
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22180
9201 ;;;;;; 39318 304077 977000))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9205 ;;;***
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22180 39318
9208 ;;;;;; 304077 977000))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9212 ;;;***
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22180 39318 304077
9215 ;;;;;; 977000))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9217 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9219 ;;;***
9221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22180
9222 ;;;;;; 39318 305077 972000))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9224 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9226 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9227 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9229 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9231 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9232 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9233 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9235 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9237 ;;;***
9239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22180 39318
9240 ;;;;;; 305077 972000))
9241 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9242 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9244 ;;;***
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22180
9247 ;;;;;; 39318 305077 972000))
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9250 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9251 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9252 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9254 \(fn)" t nil)
9256 ;;;***
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22180
9259 ;;;;;; 39318 305077 972000))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9263 ;;;***
9265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22180 39318
9266 ;;;;;; 305077 972000))
9267 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9268 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9270 ;;;***
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22180 39318
9273 ;;;;;; 305077 972000))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9276 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9277 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9278 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9280 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9282 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9283 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9284 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9285 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9286 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9288 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9289 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9290 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9291 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9294 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9296 ;;;***
9298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22180
9299 ;;;;;; 39318 305077 972000))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9301 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9303 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9304 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9305 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9306 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9308 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9310 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9311 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9312 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9314 \(fn)" t nil)
9316 ;;;***
9318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22180 39318 305077
9319 ;;;;;; 972000))
9320 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9323 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9324 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9326 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9328 ;;;***
9330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22183 58408 668002
9331 ;;;;;; 30000))
9332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9334 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9335 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9337 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9338 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9340 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9341 useful for assertions in BODY.
9343 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9345 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9346 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9347 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9349 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9351 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9353 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9355 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9357 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9359 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9360 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9362 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9363 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9364 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9365 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9367 Returns the stats object.
9369 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9371 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9372 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9374 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9375 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9376 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9377 the tests).
9379 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9381 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9382 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9384 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9385 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9386 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9387 and how to display message.
9389 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9391 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9393 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9394 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9396 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9398 ;;;***
9400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22180 39318
9401 ;;;;;; 288078 50000))
9402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9404 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9406 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9407 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9409 \(fn)" t nil)
9411 ;;;***
9413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22180 39318
9414 ;;;;;; 309077 954000))
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9417 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9418 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9420 \(fn)" t nil)
9422 ;;;***
9424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22180 39318 310077
9425 ;;;;;; 949000))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9427 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9429 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9430 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9431 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9432 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9433 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9434 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9435 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9436 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9437 buffer selected (or created).
9439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9441 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9442 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9443 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9445 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9447 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9448 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9449 The result might be any Lisp object.
9450 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9451 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9452 corresponding to a successful execution.
9454 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9456 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9458 ;;;***
9460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22183 58408 698001
9461 ;;;;;; 792000))
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9464 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9465 File name of tags table.
9466 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9467 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9468 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9469 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9470 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9472 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9473 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9474 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9475 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9477 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9479 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9480 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9481 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9482 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9483 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9484 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9486 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9488 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9489 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9490 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9492 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9494 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9495 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9496 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9497 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9498 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9500 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9502 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9503 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9504 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9505 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9507 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9509 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9510 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9511 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9512 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9513 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9515 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9517 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9518 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9520 \(fn)" t nil)
9522 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9523 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9524 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9525 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9527 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9528 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9529 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9530 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9531 file the tag was in.
9533 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9535 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9536 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9537 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9538 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9539 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9540 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9541 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9542 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9543 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9545 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9547 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9548 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9549 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9550 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9551 without directory names.
9553 \(fn)" nil nil)
9555 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9558 \(fn)" nil nil)
9559 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9560 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9561 (progn
9562 (load "etags")
9563 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9565 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9566 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9567 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9568 but does not select the buffer.
9569 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9571 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9572 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9573 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9574 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9575 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9577 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9579 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9580 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9581 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9583 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9585 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9587 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9588 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9589 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9590 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9592 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9593 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9594 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9595 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9596 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9598 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9600 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9601 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9602 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9604 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9606 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9608 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9610 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9611 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9612 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9613 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9614 around or before point.
9616 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9617 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9618 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9619 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9620 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9622 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9624 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9625 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9626 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9628 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9630 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9632 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9634 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9635 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9636 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9637 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9638 around or before point.
9640 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9641 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9642 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9643 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9644 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9646 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9648 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9649 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9650 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9652 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9654 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9656 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9658 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9659 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9660 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9662 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9663 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9664 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9665 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9666 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9668 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9670 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9671 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9672 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9674 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9676 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9678 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9680 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9682 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9683 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9685 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9686 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9687 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9689 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9690 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9692 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9693 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9695 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9697 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9698 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9699 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9700 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9702 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9703 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9704 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9705 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9706 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9708 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9710 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9711 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9712 Stops when a match is found.
9713 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9715 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9716 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9717 restricted to these files.
9719 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9721 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9723 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9724 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9725 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9726 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9727 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9728 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9729 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9730 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9732 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9733 produce the list of files to search.
9735 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9737 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9740 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9741 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9742 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9743 directory specification.
9745 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9747 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9748 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9750 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9752 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9754 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9755 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9756 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9757 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9759 \(fn)" t nil)
9761 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9762 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9763 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9764 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9765 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9767 \(fn)" t nil)
9769 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9772 \(fn)" nil nil)
9774 ;;;***
9776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22180
9777 ;;;;;; 39318 371077 668000))
9778 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9780 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9783 \(fn)" nil nil)
9785 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9786 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9788 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9789 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9791 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9792 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9793 primary language.
9795 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9796 even if the buffer is read-only.
9798 See also the descriptions of the variables
9799 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9801 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9803 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9804 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9806 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9807 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9809 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9810 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9811 primary language.
9813 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9814 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9816 See also the descriptions of the variables
9817 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9819 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9821 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9822 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9823 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9824 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9826 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9828 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9829 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9830 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9831 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9833 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9834 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9835 primary language.
9837 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9838 buffer is read-only.
9840 See also the descriptions of the variables
9841 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9842 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9844 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9846 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9847 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9849 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9850 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9852 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9853 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9854 the primary language.
9856 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9857 buffer is read-only.
9859 See also the descriptions of the variables
9860 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9861 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9863 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9865 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9866 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9867 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9869 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9871 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9872 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9874 \(fn)" t nil)
9876 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9877 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9879 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9880 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9881 be 1, 2, or 3.
9883 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9884 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9885 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9887 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9889 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9891 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9892 This function is deprecated.
9894 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9896 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9897 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9899 \(fn)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9902 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9904 \(fn)" t nil)
9906 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9907 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9909 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9910 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9912 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9913 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9915 \(fn)" nil nil)
9917 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9918 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9920 \(fn)" nil nil)
9922 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9923 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9925 \(fn)" nil nil)
9927 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9928 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9930 \(fn)" nil nil)
9932 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9933 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9934 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9936 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9938 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9941 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9943 ;;;***
9945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22180 39318 407077 503000))
9946 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9948 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9949 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9950 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9951 server for future sessions.
9953 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9955 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9956 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9957 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9959 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9961 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9962 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9963 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9965 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9967 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9968 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9969 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9970 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9971 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9972 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9973 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9974 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9975 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9976 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9977 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9978 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9980 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9982 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9983 Display a form to query the directory server.
9984 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9985 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9987 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9989 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9990 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9991 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9993 \(fn)" t nil)
9995 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9997 ;;;***
9999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22180 39318 406077
10000 ;;;;;; 507000))
10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10003 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10004 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10006 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10008 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10009 Display URL and make it clickable.
10011 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10013 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10014 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10016 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10018 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10019 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10021 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10023 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10024 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10026 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10028 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10029 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10031 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10033 ;;;***
10035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22180 39318
10036 ;;;;;; 407077 503000))
10037 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10039 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10040 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10041 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10043 \(fn)" t nil)
10045 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10046 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10048 \(fn)" t nil)
10050 ;;;***
10052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22180
10053 ;;;;;; 39318 407077 503000))
10054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10056 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10057 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10059 \(fn)" t nil)
10061 ;;;***
10063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22180 39318 288078
10064 ;;;;;; 50000))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10067 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10068 Create an empty ewoc.
10070 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10072 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10073 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10074 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10075 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10076 `insert-before-markers'.
10078 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10079 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10080 respectively, of the ewoc.
10082 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10083 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10084 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10086 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10088 ;;;***
10090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22183 58408 681001 927000))
10091 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10093 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10094 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10095 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10096 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10097 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10099 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10101 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10102 Fetch URL and render the page.
10103 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10104 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10106 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10107 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10109 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10110 Render FILE using EWW.
10112 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10114 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10115 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10116 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10118 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10120 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10121 Mode for browsing the web.
10123 \(fn)" t nil)
10125 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10128 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10130 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10131 Display the bookmarks.
10133 \(fn)" t nil)
10135 ;;;***
10137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22180
10138 ;;;;;; 39318 486077 140000))
10139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10141 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10142 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10143 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10145 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10147 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10148 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10149 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10150 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10151 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10153 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10155 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10156 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10157 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10158 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10159 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10160 executable.
10162 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10164 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10165 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10166 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10167 file modes.
10169 \(fn)" nil nil)
10171 ;;;***
10173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22180 39318 310077 949000))
10174 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10176 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10177 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10178 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10179 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10181 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10183 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10184 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10185 to generate such functions.
10187 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10188 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10189 beginning of the expanded text.
10191 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10192 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10193 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10194 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10196 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10198 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10200 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10201 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10202 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10204 \(fn)" nil nil)
10206 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10207 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10208 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10210 \(fn)" t nil)
10212 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10213 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10214 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10216 \(fn)" t nil)
10217 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10218 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10220 ;;;***
10222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22180 39318 486077
10223 ;;;;;; 140000))
10224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10226 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10227 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10228 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10230 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10231 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10232 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10234 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10236 Key definitions:
10237 \\{f90-mode-map}
10239 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10241 `f90-do-indent'
10242 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10243 `f90-if-indent'
10244 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10245 `f90-type-indent'
10246 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10247 `f90-program-indent'
10248 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10249 (default 2).
10250 `f90-associate-indent'
10251 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10252 `f90-critical-indent'
10253 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10254 `f90-continuation-indent'
10255 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10256 `f90-comment-region'
10257 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10258 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10259 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10260 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10261 (default \"!\").
10262 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10263 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10264 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10265 `f90-break-delimiters'
10266 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10267 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10268 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10269 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10270 (default t).
10271 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10272 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10273 `f90-smart-end'
10274 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10275 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10276 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10277 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10278 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10279 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10280 `f90-leave-line-no'
10281 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10283 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10284 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10286 \(fn)" t nil)
10288 ;;;***
10290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22180 39318 310077
10291 ;;;;;; 949000))
10292 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10294 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10295 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10296 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10297 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10299 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10300 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10301 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10302 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10303 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10305 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10306 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10307 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10308 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10309 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10310 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10311 attributes.
10313 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10314 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10316 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10318 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10319 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10320 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10321 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10323 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10325 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10326 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10327 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10328 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10330 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10331 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10332 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10334 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10335 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10336 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10337 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10339 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10341 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10342 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10343 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10345 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10346 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10347 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10348 the same amount).
10350 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10352 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10353 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10354 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10356 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10357 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10358 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10359 will remove any scaling currently active.
10361 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10363 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10364 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10365 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10367 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10368 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10369 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10370 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10371 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10373 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10374 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10376 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10378 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10379 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10381 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10382 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10383 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10385 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10386 the face height as long as the input event read
10387 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10389 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10390 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10391 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10392 will remove any scaling currently active.
10394 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10395 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10396 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10397 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10398 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10400 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10402 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10403 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10405 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10406 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10407 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10411 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10412 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10413 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10414 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10415 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10416 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10417 `buffer-face-mode'.
10419 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10420 local, and sets it to FACE.
10422 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10424 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10425 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10426 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10427 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10428 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10429 `face' text property.
10431 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10432 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10433 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10434 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10436 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10437 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10439 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10441 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10442 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10443 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10444 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10448 ;;;***
10450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22180 38481
10451 ;;;;;; 458895 498000))
10452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10453 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10455 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10456 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10457 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10458 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10460 \(fn)" nil nil)
10462 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10463 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10467 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10468 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10469 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10470 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10474 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10475 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10476 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10477 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10478 backup file names and the like).
10480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10482 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10483 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10484 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10485 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10486 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10487 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10488 internally by feedmail):
10490 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10491 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10492 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10493 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10495 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10496 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10497 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10498 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10499 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10501 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10503 ;;;***
10505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22180 39318 311077 944000))
10506 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10508 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10509 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10510 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10511 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10512 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10513 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10514 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10516 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10518 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10519 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10520 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10521 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10522 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10523 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10524 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10526 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10528 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10530 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10531 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10532 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10533 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10534 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10535 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10537 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10539 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10540 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10541 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10542 Return value:
10543 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10544 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10545 * otherwise, nil
10547 \(fn E)" t nil)
10549 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10550 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10551 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10553 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10555 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10556 Try to get a file name at point.
10557 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10559 \(fn)" nil nil)
10561 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10562 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10564 \(fn)" t nil)
10566 ;;;***
10568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22180 39318 311077
10569 ;;;;;; 944000))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10572 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10573 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10574 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10575 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10577 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10579 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10580 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10581 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10582 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10583 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10584 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10586 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10589 Add FILE to the file cache.
10591 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10593 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10594 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10595 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10597 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10600 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10601 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10603 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10605 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10606 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10607 This function does not use any external programs.
10608 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10609 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10610 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10612 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10614 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10615 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10616 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10617 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10618 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10619 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10620 \(directories) is done.
10622 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10624 ;;;***
10626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22180 39318 311077
10627 ;;;;;; 944000))
10628 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10630 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10631 Handle file system monitoring event.
10632 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10634 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10636 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10638 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10640 ;;;***
10642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22183 58408 668002
10643 ;;;;;; 30000))
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10646 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10647 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10649 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10650 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10651 Local Variables list.
10653 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10654 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10655 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10657 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10659 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10660 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10662 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10664 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10665 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10667 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10668 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10669 the -*- line.
10671 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10672 then this function adds it.
10674 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10676 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10677 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10679 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10681 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10682 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10684 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10686 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10687 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10689 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10691 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10692 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10694 \(fn)" t nil)
10696 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10697 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10699 \(fn)" t nil)
10701 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10702 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10704 \(fn)" t nil)
10706 ;;;***
10708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22180 39318 313077
10709 ;;;;;; 935000))
10710 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10712 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10713 Filesets initialization.
10714 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10716 \(fn)" nil nil)
10718 ;;;***
10720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22180 39318 314077
10721 ;;;;;; 930000))
10722 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10723 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10725 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10726 Initiate the building of a find command.
10727 For example:
10729 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10730 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10731 (mtime \"+1\"))
10732 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10734 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10735 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10737 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10739 ;;;***
10741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22180 39318 314077
10742 ;;;;;; 930000))
10743 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10745 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10746 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10747 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10749 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10751 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10752 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10754 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10756 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10757 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10758 and run Dired on those files.
10759 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10760 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10762 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10764 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10766 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10768 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10769 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10770 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10772 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10773 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10775 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10776 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10778 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10780 ;;;***
10782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22180 39318 314077
10783 ;;;;;; 930000))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10786 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10787 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10788 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10789 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10790 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10791 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10792 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10794 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10796 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10797 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10798 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10800 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10802 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10804 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10806 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10807 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10808 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10810 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10811 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10813 Variables of interest include:
10815 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10816 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10817 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10819 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10820 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10821 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10823 - `ff-ignore-include'
10824 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10826 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10827 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10829 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10830 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10832 - `ff-special-constructs'
10833 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10834 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10835 extracting the filename from that construct.
10837 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10838 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10840 - `ff-search-directories'
10841 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10842 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10844 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10845 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10847 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10848 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10850 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10851 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10853 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10854 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10856 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10857 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10859 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10861 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10862 Visit the file you click on.
10864 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10866 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10867 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10869 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10871 ;;;***
10873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22180
10874 ;;;;;; 39318 289078 46000))
10875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10877 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10878 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10879 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10881 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10883 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10884 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10885 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10886 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10888 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10889 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10890 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10891 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10893 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10895 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10896 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10898 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10899 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10900 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10901 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10903 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10904 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10905 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10907 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10908 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10909 in `load-path'.
10911 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10913 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10914 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10916 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10917 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10918 places point before the definition.
10919 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10921 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10922 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10923 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10925 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10927 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10928 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10930 See `find-function' for more details.
10932 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10934 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10935 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10937 See `find-function' for more details.
10939 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10941 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10942 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10944 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10945 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10946 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10948 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10949 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10951 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10953 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10954 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10956 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10957 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10958 places point before the definition.
10960 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10962 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10963 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10964 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10966 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10968 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10969 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10971 See `find-variable' for more details.
10973 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10975 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10976 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10978 See `find-variable' for more details.
10980 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10982 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10983 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10984 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10985 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10986 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10987 buffer nor display it.
10989 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10990 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10992 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10994 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10995 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10997 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10998 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10999 places point before the definition.
11001 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11003 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11004 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11005 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11007 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11009 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11010 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11011 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11013 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11015 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11016 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11017 See `find-function-on-key'.
11019 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11021 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11022 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11023 See `find-function-on-key'.
11025 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11027 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11028 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11030 \(fn)" t nil)
11032 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11033 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11035 \(fn)" t nil)
11037 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11038 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11040 \(fn)" nil nil)
11042 ;;;***
11044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22180 39318 314077
11045 ;;;;;; 930000))
11046 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11048 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11049 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11051 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11053 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11054 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11056 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11058 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11059 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11061 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11063 ;;;***
11065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22180 39318 314077 930000))
11066 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11067 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11069 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11070 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11072 \(fn)" t nil)
11074 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11075 Display FILE's commentary section.
11076 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11078 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11080 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11081 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11083 \(fn)" t nil)
11085 ;;;***
11087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22180 39318 314077
11088 ;;;;;; 930000))
11089 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11091 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11092 Toggle flow control handling.
11093 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11094 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11096 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11098 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11099 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11100 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11101 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11102 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11103 to get the effect of a C-q.
11105 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11107 ;;;***
11109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22180 39318
11110 ;;;;;; 327077 871000))
11111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11113 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11116 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11118 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11121 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11123 ;;;***
11125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22180 39318
11126 ;;;;;; 487077 135000))
11127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11128 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11130 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11131 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11132 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11133 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11134 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11135 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11139 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11140 Turn flymake mode on.
11142 \(fn)" nil nil)
11144 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11145 Turn flymake mode off.
11147 \(fn)" nil nil)
11149 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11152 \(fn)" nil nil)
11154 ;;;***
11156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22183 58408
11157 ;;;;;; 704001 744000))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11160 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11161 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11163 \(fn)" t nil)
11164 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11166 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11167 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11168 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11169 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11170 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11172 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11173 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11174 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11176 Bindings:
11177 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11178 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11179 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11180 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11182 Hooks:
11183 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11185 Remark:
11186 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11187 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11188 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11190 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11191 consider adding:
11192 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11193 in your init file.
11195 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11196 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11200 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11201 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11203 \(fn)" nil nil)
11205 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11206 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11208 \(fn)" nil nil)
11210 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11211 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11213 \(fn)" nil nil)
11215 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11216 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11218 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11220 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11221 Flyspell whole buffer.
11223 \(fn)" t nil)
11225 ;;;***
11227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22180 39318 314077
11228 ;;;;;; 930000))
11229 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11230 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11232 ;;;***
11234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22180 39318 315077 926000))
11235 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11237 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11238 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11240 \(fn)" nil nil)
11242 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11243 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11245 \(fn)" nil nil)
11247 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11248 Toggle Follow mode.
11249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11250 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11251 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11253 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11254 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11256 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11257 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11258 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11260 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11261 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11262 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11263 movement commands.
11265 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11266 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11267 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11268 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11269 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11270 mileage may vary).
11272 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11273 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11275 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11277 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11279 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11280 \\{follow-mode-map}
11282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11284 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11285 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11287 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11288 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11290 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11291 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11293 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11297 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11298 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11300 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11301 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11303 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11304 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11306 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11310 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11311 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11313 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11314 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11315 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11316 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11317 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11318 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11320 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11321 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11322 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11326 ;;;***
11328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22180 39318
11329 ;;;;;; 386077 599000))
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11331 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11333 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11334 Toggle Footnote mode.
11335 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11336 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11337 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11339 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11340 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11341 play around with the following keys:
11342 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11346 ;;;***
11348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22180 39318 316077 921000))
11349 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11351 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11352 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11354 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11355 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11356 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11357 C-c < forms-first-record <
11358 C-c > forms-last-record >
11359 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11360 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11361 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11362 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11363 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11364 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11365 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11366 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11367 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11368 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11370 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11372 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11373 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11375 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11377 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11378 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11380 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11382 ;;;***
11384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22180 39318
11385 ;;;;;; 487077 135000))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11388 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11389 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11390 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11392 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11393 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11395 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11397 Key definitions:
11398 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11400 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11402 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11403 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11404 `fortran-do-indent'
11405 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11406 `fortran-if-indent'
11407 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11408 `fortran-structure-indent'
11409 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11410 (default 3)
11411 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11412 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11413 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11414 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11415 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11416 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11417 nil don't change the indentation
11418 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11419 value of either
11420 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11421 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11422 depending on the continuation format in use.
11423 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11424 indentation for a line of code.
11425 (default `fixed')
11426 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11427 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11428 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11429 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11430 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11431 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11432 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11433 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11434 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11435 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11436 column 5.
11437 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11438 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11439 statements (default nil).
11440 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11441 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11442 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11443 `fortran-continuation-string'
11444 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11445 line (default \"$\").
11446 `fortran-comment-region'
11447 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11448 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11449 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11450 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11451 as typed (default t).
11452 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11453 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11455 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11456 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11458 \(fn)" t nil)
11460 ;;;***
11462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22180 39318 465077
11463 ;;;;;; 236000))
11464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11466 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11467 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11469 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11470 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11472 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11474 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11475 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11477 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11478 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11480 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11482 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11483 Compile fortune file.
11485 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11486 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11488 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11490 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11491 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11493 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11494 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11495 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11496 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11498 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11500 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11501 Display a fortune cookie.
11502 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11503 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11504 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11505 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11507 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11509 ;;;***
11511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22183 58408 671002
11512 ;;;;;; 6000))
11513 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11515 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11516 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11517 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11519 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11520 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11521 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11523 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11524 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11526 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11527 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11529 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11530 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11531 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11532 intend to modify existing values, do
11534 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11536 before changing anything.
11538 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11539 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11541 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11542 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11543 to restore the frame.
11545 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11546 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11547 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11549 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11550 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11551 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11552 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11553 FILTER A filter function.
11555 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11556 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11558 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11560 where
11562 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11563 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11564 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11565 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11566 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11567 before restoring it.
11568 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11570 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11571 It must return:
11572 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11573 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11574 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11576 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11577 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11579 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11580 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11581 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11582 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11583 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11584 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11585 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11587 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11589 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11590 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11592 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11594 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11595 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11596 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11597 If nil, check all live frames.
11599 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11601 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11602 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11603 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11604 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11605 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11606 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11607 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11608 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11609 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11610 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11611 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11613 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11615 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11616 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11618 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11619 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11620 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11621 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11622 and window-state is not restored.
11624 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11625 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11627 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11628 t All existing frames can be reused.
11629 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11630 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11631 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11632 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11634 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11635 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11636 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11637 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11638 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11639 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11640 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11641 be created from that parameter alist.
11643 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11644 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11645 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11646 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11647 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11648 - the live frame just restored,
11649 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11650 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11651 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11653 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11654 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11655 nil Keep all frames.
11656 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11657 - FRAME, a live frame.
11658 - ACTION, which can be one of
11659 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11660 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11661 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11662 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11663 Return value is ignored.
11665 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11666 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11667 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11668 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11669 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11671 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11673 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11675 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11676 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11677 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11679 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11681 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11682 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11683 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11685 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11687 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11688 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11689 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11690 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11692 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11694 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11696 ;;;***
11698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22183 58408
11699 ;;;;;; 695001 816000))
11700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11701 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11703 ;;;***
11705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22180 39318
11706 ;;;;;; 488077 130000))
11707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11709 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11710 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11711 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11713 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11715 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11716 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11717 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11718 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11719 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11720 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11721 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11725 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11726 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11727 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11728 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11730 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11731 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11732 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11733 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11734 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11736 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11737 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11738 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11739 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11741 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11742 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11743 shown in some of the buffers.
11745 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11747 The following commands help control operation :
11749 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11750 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11752 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11753 detailed description of this mode.
11756 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11757 | GDB Toolbar |
11758 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11759 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11760 | | |
11761 | | |
11762 | | |
11763 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11764 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11765 | | (comint-mode) |
11766 | | |
11767 | | |
11768 | | |
11769 | | |
11770 | | |
11771 | | |
11772 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11773 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11774 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11775 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11776 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11777 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11779 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11781 ;;;***
11783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22180 39318
11784 ;;;;;; 289078 46000))
11785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11787 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11788 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11789 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11790 instead (which see).")
11792 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11793 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11795 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11796 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11797 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11798 documentation string instead.
11800 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11801 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11802 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11803 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11804 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11805 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11806 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11807 enders are actually possible.
11809 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11810 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11812 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11813 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11814 `font-lock-keywords'.
11816 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11817 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11818 runs the macro expansion.
11820 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11821 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11822 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11824 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11826 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11828 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11830 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11832 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11833 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11835 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11837 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11838 Enter generic mode MODE.
11840 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11841 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11842 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11844 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11845 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11847 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11849 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11850 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11851 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11852 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11853 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11854 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11855 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11856 `font-lock-keywords'.
11858 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11860 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11862 ;;;***
11864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22180 39318
11865 ;;;;;; 489077 126000))
11866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11868 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11869 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11870 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11871 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11872 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11873 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11877 ;;;***
11879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22180 39318
11880 ;;;;;; 328077 866000))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11883 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11884 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11885 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11887 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11889 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11890 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11892 Guideline for numbers:
11893 1 - error messages
11894 3 - non-serious error messages
11895 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11896 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11897 9 - messages inside loops.
11899 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11901 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11902 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11903 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11905 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11907 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11908 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11910 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11912 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11913 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11915 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11916 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11917 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11918 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11919 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11920 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11922 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11923 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11924 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11925 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11926 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11928 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11930 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11932 ;;;***
11934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22180 39318 344077 792000))
11935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11936 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11937 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11938 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11940 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11941 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11945 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11946 Read network news.
11947 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11948 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11949 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11950 name of an NNTP server to use.
11951 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11952 server.
11954 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11956 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11957 Read news as a slave.
11959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11961 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11962 Pop up a frame to read news.
11963 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11964 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11965 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11966 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11967 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11968 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11969 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11970 current display is used.
11972 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11974 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11975 Read network news.
11976 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11977 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11978 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11980 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11982 ;;;***
11984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22183 58408
11985 ;;;;;; 672001 998000))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11988 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11989 Start Gnus unplugged.
11991 \(fn)" t nil)
11993 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11994 Start Gnus plugged.
11996 \(fn)" t nil)
11998 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11999 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12003 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12004 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12006 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12007 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12008 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12010 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12011 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12012 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12014 \(fn)" t nil)
12016 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12017 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12019 \(fn)" nil nil)
12021 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12022 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12023 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12024 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12025 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12026 supported.
12028 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12030 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12031 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12032 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12033 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12034 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12035 supported.
12037 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12039 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12040 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12042 \(fn)" nil nil)
12044 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12045 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12046 downloaded into the agent.
12048 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12050 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12051 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12052 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12053 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12055 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12057 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12058 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12060 \(fn)" t nil)
12062 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12063 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12065 \(fn)" t nil)
12067 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12068 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12069 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12071 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12073 ;;;***
12075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22183 58408
12076 ;;;;;; 673001 990000))
12077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12079 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12080 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12082 \(fn)" nil nil)
12084 ;;;***
12086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22180
12087 ;;;;;; 39318 331077 852000))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12090 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12091 Set a bookmark for this article.
12093 \(fn)" t nil)
12095 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12096 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12098 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12100 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12101 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12102 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12103 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12104 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12106 \(fn)" t nil)
12108 ;;;***
12110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22180 39318
12111 ;;;;;; 331077 852000))
12112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12114 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12115 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12117 Usage:
12118 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12120 \(fn)" t nil)
12122 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12123 Generate the cache active file.
12125 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12127 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12128 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12130 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12132 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12133 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12134 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12135 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12136 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12137 supported.
12139 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12141 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12142 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12143 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12144 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12145 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12146 supported.
12148 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12150 ;;;***
12152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22180 39318
12153 ;;;;;; 332077 848000))
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12156 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12157 Delay this article by some time.
12158 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12160 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12161 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12163 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12164 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12166 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12167 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12169 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12171 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12172 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12174 \(fn)" t nil)
12176 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12177 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12178 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12179 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12181 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12182 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12184 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12186 ;;;***
12188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22180 39318
12189 ;;;;;; 332077 848000))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12192 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12195 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12197 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12200 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12202 ;;;***
12204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22180 39318
12205 ;;;;;; 332077 848000))
12206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12208 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12209 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12211 \(fn)" t nil)
12213 ;;;***
12215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22180 39318
12216 ;;;;;; 332077 848000))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12219 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12220 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12222 \(fn)" t nil)
12224 ;;;***
12226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22180 39318
12227 ;;;;;; 332077 848000))
12228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12230 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12231 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12233 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12235 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12237 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12238 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12240 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12242 \(fn)" t nil)
12244 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12245 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12247 \(fn)" t nil)
12249 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12250 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12252 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12253 different input formats.
12255 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12257 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12258 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12260 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12261 different input formats.
12263 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12265 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12266 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12267 The PNG is returned as a string.
12269 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12271 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12272 Convert FILE to a Face.
12273 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12274 726 bytes.
12276 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12278 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12279 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12281 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12283 \(fn)" t nil)
12285 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12286 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12288 \(fn)" nil nil)
12290 ;;;***
12292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22180
12293 ;;;;;; 39318 333077 843000))
12294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12296 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12297 Display gravatar in the From header.
12298 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12300 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12302 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12303 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12304 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12306 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12308 ;;;***
12310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22180 39318
12311 ;;;;;; 334077 839000))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12314 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12315 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12316 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12317 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12319 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12321 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12322 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12324 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12326 ;;;***
12328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22180 39318
12329 ;;;;;; 334077 839000))
12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12332 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12335 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12337 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12340 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12342 ;;;***
12344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22180 39318
12345 ;;;;;; 335077 834000))
12346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12348 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12350 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12351 Run batched scoring.
12352 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12354 \(fn)" t nil)
12356 ;;;***
12358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22180 39318 335077
12359 ;;;;;; 834000))
12360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12362 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12365 \(fn)" nil nil)
12367 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12368 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12369 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12371 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12373 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12374 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12376 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12380 ;;;***
12382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22180 39318
12383 ;;;;;; 335077 834000))
12384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12386 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12387 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12388 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12389 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12390 group parameters.
12392 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12393 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12394 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12395 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12397 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12398 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12399 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12400 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12401 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12402 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12403 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12404 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12405 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12406 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12408 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12410 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12411 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12412 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12413 nil CATCH-ALL).
12415 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12416 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12418 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12420 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12421 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12422 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12424 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12426 \(fn)" nil nil)
12428 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12429 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12430 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12432 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12434 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12435 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12436 existing groups are considered.
12438 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12439 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12440 returned.
12442 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12443 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12444 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12445 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12446 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12447 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12448 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12449 clauses will be generated.
12451 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12452 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12453 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12454 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12455 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12456 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12458 For example, given the following group parameters:
12460 nnml:mail.bar:
12461 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12462 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12463 nnml:mail.foo:
12464 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12465 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12466 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12467 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12468 nnml:mail.others:
12469 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12471 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12473 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12474 \"mail.bar\")
12475 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12476 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12477 \"mail.others\")
12479 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12481 ;;;***
12483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22180 39318
12484 ;;;;;; 336077 829000))
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12487 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12488 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12489 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12490 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12491 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12492 instead.
12494 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12496 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12497 Mail to ADDRESS.
12499 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12501 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12502 Like `message-reply'.
12504 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12506 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12508 ;;;***
12510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12511 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 336077 829000))
12512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12514 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12515 Send a notification on new message.
12516 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12517 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12518 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12520 This is typically a function to add in
12521 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12523 \(fn)" nil nil)
12525 ;;;***
12527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22180 39318
12528 ;;;;;; 336077 829000))
12529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12531 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12532 Display picons in the From header.
12533 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12535 \(fn)" t nil)
12537 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12538 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12539 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12541 \(fn)" t nil)
12543 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12544 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12545 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12547 \(fn)" t nil)
12549 ;;;***
12551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22180 39318
12552 ;;;;;; 336077 829000))
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12555 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12556 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12557 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12558 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12560 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12562 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12563 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12564 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12565 LIST1 is modified.
12567 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12569 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12570 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12571 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12573 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12575 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12578 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12580 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12581 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12582 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12584 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12586 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12587 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12588 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12590 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12592 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12594 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12595 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12596 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12598 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12600 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12601 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12602 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12604 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12606 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12607 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12608 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12610 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12612 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12613 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12615 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12617 ;;;***
12619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22180
12620 ;;;;;; 39318 337077 825000))
12621 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12623 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12624 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12626 \(fn)" t nil)
12628 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12629 Install the registry hooks.
12631 \(fn)" t nil)
12633 ;;;***
12635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22180 39318
12636 ;;;;;; 338077 820000))
12637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12639 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12640 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12641 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12642 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12643 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12644 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12646 \(fn)" t nil)
12648 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12649 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12650 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12651 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12652 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12654 \(fn)" t nil)
12656 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12659 \(fn)" t nil)
12661 ;;;***
12663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22180 39318
12664 ;;;;;; 338077 820000))
12665 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12667 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12668 Update the format specification near point.
12670 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12672 ;;;***
12674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22180 39318
12675 ;;;;;; 339077 816000))
12676 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12678 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12679 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12681 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12683 ;;;***
12685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22180 39318
12686 ;;;;;; 342077 802000))
12687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12689 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12690 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12691 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12693 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12695 ;;;***
12697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22180 39318
12698 ;;;;;; 342077 802000))
12699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12701 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12702 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12704 \(fn)" t nil)
12706 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12707 Install the sync hooks.
12709 \(fn)" t nil)
12711 ;;;***
12713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22180 39318
12714 ;;;;;; 343077 797000))
12715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12717 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12718 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12720 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12722 ;;;***
12724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22180 39318 408077
12725 ;;;;;; 498000))
12726 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12728 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12729 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12730 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12731 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12732 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12733 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12735 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12737 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12739 ;;;***
12741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22183 58408 695001
12742 ;;;;;; 816000))
12743 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12745 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12746 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12748 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12749 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12750 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12752 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12753 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12754 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12756 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12757 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12759 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12760 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12762 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12764 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12766 ;;;***
12768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22180 39318
12769 ;;;;;; 408077 498000))
12770 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12772 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12774 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12775 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12776 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12777 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12778 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12780 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12782 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12783 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12784 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12785 or to send e-mail.
12786 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12787 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12789 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12790 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12792 \(fn)" t nil)
12793 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12795 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12796 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12798 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12799 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12803 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12804 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12808 ;;;***
12810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22180 39318
12811 ;;;;;; 344077 792000))
12812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12814 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12815 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12816 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12818 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12820 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12821 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12823 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12825 ;;;***
12827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22180 39318 489077
12828 ;;;;;; 126000))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12831 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12832 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12834 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12836 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12837 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12838 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12839 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12840 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12842 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12843 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12844 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12846 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12848 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12849 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12850 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12851 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12852 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12854 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12856 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12857 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12859 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12861 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12862 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12864 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12865 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12866 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12868 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12869 The default find program.
12870 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12871 and others.")
12873 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12874 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12875 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12876 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12878 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12879 How to invoke find and grep.
12880 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12881 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12882 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12883 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12885 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12887 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12888 History list for grep.")
12890 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12891 History list for grep-find.")
12893 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12894 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12895 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12897 \(fn)" nil nil)
12899 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12902 \(fn)" nil nil)
12904 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12905 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12907 \(fn)" nil nil)
12909 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12910 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12911 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12912 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12913 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12915 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12916 arguments.
12918 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12919 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12921 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12922 can easily repeat a grep command.
12924 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12925 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12926 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12927 list is empty).
12929 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12931 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12932 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12933 Collect output in a buffer.
12934 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12935 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12937 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12938 easily repeat a find command.
12940 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12942 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12944 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12945 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12946 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12947 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12948 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12950 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12951 before it is executed.
12952 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12954 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12955 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12956 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12958 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12960 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12962 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12963 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12964 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12965 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12966 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12968 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12969 before it is executed.
12970 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12972 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12973 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12974 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12975 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12977 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12979 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12980 to specify a command to run.
12982 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12984 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12985 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12986 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12987 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12989 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12991 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12993 ;;;***
12995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22180 39318 356077 737000))
12996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12998 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12999 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13000 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13001 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13002 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13004 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13006 ;;;***
13008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22180 39318 490077
13009 ;;;;;; 121000))
13010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13012 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13013 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13014 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13015 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13017 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13019 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13020 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13021 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13022 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13024 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13026 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13027 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13028 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13029 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13031 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13033 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13034 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13035 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13036 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13038 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13039 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13041 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13043 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13044 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13045 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13046 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13048 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13050 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13051 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13052 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13053 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13055 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13057 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13058 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13059 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13060 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13062 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13064 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13065 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13066 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13067 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13068 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13070 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13071 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13072 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13073 original source file access method.
13075 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13076 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13078 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13080 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13081 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13083 \(fn)" t nil)
13085 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13086 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13087 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13088 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13089 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13090 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13092 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13094 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13095 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13096 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13097 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13098 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13102 ;;;***
13104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22180 39318 289078
13105 ;;;;;; 46000))
13106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13108 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13109 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13110 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13111 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13112 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13113 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13114 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13115 set it to.
13116 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13118 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13120 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13121 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13122 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13123 of PLACE.
13124 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13125 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13126 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13127 and SETTER.
13128 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13129 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13131 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13133 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13135 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13136 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13137 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13138 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13139 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13141 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13143 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13145 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13148 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13150 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13152 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13154 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13155 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13156 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13157 well for simple place forms.
13158 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13159 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13160 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13161 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13162 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13163 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13164 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13166 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13168 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13170 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13171 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13172 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13173 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13174 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13176 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13177 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13178 (let ((temp VAL))
13179 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13180 temp)
13181 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13183 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13185 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13186 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13187 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13188 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13189 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13190 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13192 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13194 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13196 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13197 Return a reference to PLACE.
13198 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13199 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13200 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13201 binding mode.
13203 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13205 ;;;***
13207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22180 39318
13208 ;;;;;; 466077 231000))
13209 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13211 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13212 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13213 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13214 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13216 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13217 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13218 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13219 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13221 \(fn)" t nil)
13223 ;;;***
13225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22122 65326 129715
13226 ;;;;;; 318000))
13227 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13229 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13230 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13232 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13234 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13235 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13236 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13237 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13239 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13241 \(fn)" t nil)
13243 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13244 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13245 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13246 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13247 to be updated.
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13251 ;;;***
13253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22180 39318
13254 ;;;;;; 386077 599000))
13255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13257 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13258 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13260 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13262 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13263 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13264 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13266 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13268 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13269 Verify a hashcash payment
13271 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13273 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13274 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13275 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13276 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13277 `mail-add-payment-async').
13279 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13281 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13282 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13283 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13284 Calculation is asynchronous.
13286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13288 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13289 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13290 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13294 ;;;***
13296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22180 39318 356077
13297 ;;;;;; 737000))
13298 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13300 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13301 Return the help-echo string at point.
13302 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13303 property, or nil, is returned.
13304 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13305 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13306 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13308 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13310 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13311 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13312 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13313 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13314 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13316 \(fn)" nil nil)
13318 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13319 Display local help in the echo area.
13320 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13321 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13322 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13323 printed instead.
13325 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13326 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13327 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13331 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13332 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13333 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13335 \(fn)" t nil)
13337 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13338 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13339 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13341 \(fn)" t nil)
13343 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13344 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13345 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13346 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13347 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13348 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13349 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13350 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13351 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13352 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13353 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13355 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13356 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13357 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13358 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13359 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13361 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13362 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13363 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13364 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13365 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13366 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13367 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13368 The default is `never'.")
13370 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13372 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13373 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13374 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13375 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13376 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13377 considered different regions.
13379 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13380 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13381 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13382 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13383 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13384 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13385 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13386 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13387 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13389 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13391 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13392 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13393 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13394 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13395 different regions.
13397 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13398 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13399 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13400 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13401 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13402 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13403 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13404 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13406 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13407 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13408 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13409 rarely happens in practice.
13411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13413 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13414 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13415 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13416 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13417 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13418 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13422 ;;;***
13424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22180 39318 357077
13425 ;;;;;; 733000))
13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13428 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13429 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13431 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13433 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13434 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13435 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13437 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13439 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13440 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13441 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13442 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13443 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13444 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13445 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13447 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13448 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13449 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13450 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13451 suitable file is found, return nil.
13453 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13455 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13458 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13460 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13461 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13462 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13463 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13465 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13467 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13468 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13469 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13470 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13471 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13472 it is displayed along with the global value.
13474 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13476 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13477 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13478 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13479 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13480 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13481 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13483 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13485 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13486 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13487 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13488 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13490 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13492 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13493 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13494 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13495 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13496 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13500 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13501 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13503 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13505 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13506 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13508 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13510 ;;;***
13512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22180 39318 357077
13513 ;;;;;; 733000))
13514 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13516 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13517 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13518 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13519 window listing and describing the options.
13520 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13521 gives the window that lists the options.")
13523 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13525 ;;;***
13527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22180 39318 357077
13528 ;;;;;; 733000))
13529 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13531 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13532 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13533 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13534 Commands:
13535 \\{help-mode-map}
13537 \(fn)" t nil)
13539 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13540 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13542 \(fn)" nil nil)
13544 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13545 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13547 \(fn)" nil nil)
13549 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13550 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13552 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13553 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13554 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13555 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13557 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13558 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13559 restore it properly when going back.
13561 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13563 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13564 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13565 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13566 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13567 from `help-mode'.
13568 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13569 it does not already exist.
13571 \(fn)" nil nil)
13573 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13574 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13576 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13577 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13578 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13579 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13580 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13581 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13582 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13583 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13585 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13586 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13587 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13588 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13590 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13591 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13592 that.
13594 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13596 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13597 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13598 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13599 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13600 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13601 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13603 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13605 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13606 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13607 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13608 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13609 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13611 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13613 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13614 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13616 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13618 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13620 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13621 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13622 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13623 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13625 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13627 ;;;***
13629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22180 39318
13630 ;;;;;; 289078 46000))
13631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13633 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13634 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13636 \(fn)" t nil)
13638 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13639 Provide help for current mode.
13641 \(fn)" t nil)
13643 ;;;***
13645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22180 39318 357077 733000))
13646 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13648 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13649 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13650 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13651 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13652 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13654 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13655 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13657 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13658 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13659 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13660 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13662 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13663 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13664 periods.
13666 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13667 in hexl format.
13669 A sample format:
13671 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13672 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13673 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13674 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13675 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13676 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13677 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13678 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13679 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13680 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13681 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13682 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13683 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13684 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13685 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13687 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13688 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13689 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13691 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13692 also supported.
13694 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13696 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13697 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13698 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13700 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13701 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13702 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13704 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13705 into the buffer at the current point.
13707 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13708 into the buffer at the current point.
13710 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13711 into the buffer at the current point.
13713 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13715 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13716 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13718 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13720 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13724 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13725 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13726 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13727 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13729 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13731 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13732 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13733 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13735 \(fn)" t nil)
13737 ;;;***
13739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22180 39318 358077
13740 ;;;;;; 728000))
13741 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13743 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13744 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13746 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13747 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13749 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13750 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13751 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13752 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13754 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13755 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13756 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13757 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13759 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13760 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13761 which can be called interactively, are:
13763 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13764 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13766 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13767 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13768 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13769 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13771 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13772 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13774 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13775 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13776 available face automatically.
13778 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13779 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13781 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13782 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13783 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13784 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13785 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13786 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13787 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13788 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13789 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13790 function returns t.
13792 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13793 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13795 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13796 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13797 form:
13798 Hi-lock: FOO
13800 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13801 position (number of characters into buffer)
13802 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13803 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13804 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13808 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13809 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13810 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13813 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13815 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13817 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13818 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13819 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13820 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13821 ARG is omitted or nil.
13823 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13824 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13825 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13829 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13831 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13832 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13833 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13834 Use the global history list for FACE.
13836 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13837 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13838 highlighting will not update as you type.
13840 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13842 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13844 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13845 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13846 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13847 Use the global history list for FACE.
13849 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13850 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13851 highlighting will not update as you type.
13853 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13855 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13857 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13858 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13859 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13860 Use the global history list for FACE.
13862 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13863 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13864 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13866 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13867 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13868 highlighting will not update as you type.
13870 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13872 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13874 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13875 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13876 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13877 unless you use a prefix argument.
13878 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13880 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13881 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13883 \(fn)" t nil)
13885 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13887 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13888 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13889 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13890 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13891 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13892 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13894 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13896 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13897 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13899 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13900 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13901 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13903 \(fn)" t nil)
13905 ;;;***
13907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22180 39318
13908 ;;;;;; 490077 121000))
13909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13911 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13912 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13914 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13915 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13917 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13918 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13919 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13920 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13922 `hide-ifdef-env'
13923 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13924 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13925 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13926 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13927 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13928 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13929 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13931 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13932 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13933 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13934 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13935 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13937 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13938 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13939 #endif lines when hiding.
13941 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13942 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13943 is activated.
13945 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13946 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13947 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13949 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13953 ;;;***
13955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22180 39318
13956 ;;;;;; 491077 116000))
13957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13959 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13960 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13961 Each element has the form
13962 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13964 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13965 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13967 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13968 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13970 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13971 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13972 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13973 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13974 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13975 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13977 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13978 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13980 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13981 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13983 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13984 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13985 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13987 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13988 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13989 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13990 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13991 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13993 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13994 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13995 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13997 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13998 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13999 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14001 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14002 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14004 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14006 Key bindings:
14007 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14011 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14012 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14014 \(fn)" nil nil)
14016 ;;;***
14018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22180 39318 358077
14019 ;;;;;; 728000))
14020 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14022 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14023 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14025 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14026 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14028 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14029 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14030 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14031 this on and off.
14033 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14034 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14035 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14036 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14037 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14038 through various faces.
14039 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14040 buffer with the contents of a file
14041 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14045 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14046 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14047 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14048 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14049 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14051 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14052 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14053 in a distinctive face.
14055 The default value can be customized with variable
14056 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14058 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14062 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14063 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14064 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14066 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14068 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14069 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14071 \(fn)" t nil)
14073 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14074 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14076 \(fn)" t nil)
14078 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14079 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14081 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14082 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14083 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14084 shown in the last face in the list.
14086 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14087 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14088 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14090 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14092 \(fn)" t nil)
14094 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14095 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14097 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14099 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14100 to save the file.
14102 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14103 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14105 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14106 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14107 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14109 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14111 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14112 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14114 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14115 this function is called interactively.
14117 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14118 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14119 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14121 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14122 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14123 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14125 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14127 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14128 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14129 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14130 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14131 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14132 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14134 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14136 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14137 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14138 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14139 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14140 ARG is omitted or nil.
14142 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14143 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14144 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14148 ;;;***
14150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22180 39318 358077
14151 ;;;;;; 728000))
14152 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14153 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14155 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14156 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14157 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14158 or insert functions in this list.")
14160 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14162 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14163 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14164 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14165 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14166 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14167 expansions.
14168 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14169 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14170 undoes the expansion.
14172 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14174 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14175 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14176 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14177 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14179 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14181 ;;;***
14183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22180 39318 358077
14184 ;;;;;; 728000))
14185 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14187 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14188 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14189 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14190 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14191 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14193 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14194 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14195 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14196 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14197 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14198 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14200 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14201 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14202 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14203 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14207 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14208 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14209 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14211 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14212 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14214 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14216 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14217 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14218 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14219 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14220 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14222 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14223 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14224 windows.
14226 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14227 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14231 ;;;***
14233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22180 39318
14234 ;;;;;; 244078 252000))
14235 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14237 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14238 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14239 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14241 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14243 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14245 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14246 Oriental holidays.
14247 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14249 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14251 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14253 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14254 Local holidays.
14255 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14257 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14259 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14261 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14262 User defined holidays.
14263 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14265 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14267 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14269 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14270 Jewish holidays.
14271 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14273 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14275 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14277 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14278 Christian holidays.
14279 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14281 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14283 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14285 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14286 Islamic holidays.
14287 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14289 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14291 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14293 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14294 Bahá’í holidays.
14295 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14297 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14299 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14301 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14302 Sun-related holidays.
14303 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14305 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14307 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14309 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14311 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14312 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14313 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14314 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14318 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14319 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14320 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14321 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14322 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14324 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14325 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14327 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14328 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14330 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14331 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14332 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14333 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14334 of a holiday list.
14336 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14338 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14340 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14342 ;;;***
14344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22180 39318
14345 ;;;;;; 344077 792000))
14346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14348 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14349 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14351 \(fn)" t nil)
14353 ;;;***
14355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22180 39318
14356 ;;;;;; 359077 724000))
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14358 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14360 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14361 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14362 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14363 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14364 as possible.
14366 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14367 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14368 fontified display.
14370 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14371 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14373 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14374 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14375 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14377 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14379 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14380 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14381 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14383 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14385 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14387 ;;;***
14389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22180 39318 359077
14390 ;;;;;; 724000))
14391 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14393 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14394 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14396 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14397 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14398 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14400 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14401 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14402 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14403 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14404 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14405 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14407 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14408 title of the column.
14410 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14411 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14412 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14413 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14414 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14416 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14418 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14420 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14421 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14422 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14423 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14424 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14426 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14427 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14428 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14430 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14432 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14434 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14436 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14437 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14438 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14439 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14440 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14441 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14443 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14444 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14445 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14446 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14447 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14448 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14449 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14450 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14451 values are:
14452 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14453 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14454 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14455 buffer's modification flag.
14456 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14457 prompted before performing this operation.
14458 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14459 operation is complete, in the form:
14460 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14461 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14462 confirmation message, in the form:
14463 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14464 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14465 macro for exactly what it does.
14467 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14469 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14471 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14473 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14474 Define a filter named NAME.
14475 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14476 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14477 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14479 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14480 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14481 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14482 bound to the current value of the filter.
14484 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14486 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14488 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14490 ;;;***
14492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22180 39318 360077
14493 ;;;;;; 719000))
14494 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14496 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14497 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14498 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14499 buffers which are visiting a file.
14501 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14503 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14504 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14505 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14506 buffers which are visiting a file.
14508 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14510 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14511 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14512 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14514 All arguments are optional.
14515 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14516 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14517 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14518 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14519 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14520 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14521 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14522 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14523 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14524 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14525 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14526 that value locally in this buffer.
14528 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14530 ;;;***
14532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22180
14533 ;;;;;; 39318 244078 252000))
14534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14535 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14537 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14538 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14539 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14540 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14542 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14544 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14545 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14546 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14547 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14548 ICAL-FILENAME.
14549 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14550 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14551 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14553 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14555 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14556 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14557 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14558 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14559 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14560 non-marking or not.
14562 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14564 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14565 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14567 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14568 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14569 DIARY-FILE.
14571 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14572 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14573 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14575 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14576 non-marking.
14578 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14579 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14580 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14582 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14584 ;;;***
14586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22180 39318 360077
14587 ;;;;;; 719000))
14588 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14590 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14591 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14592 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14595 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14597 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14599 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14600 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14605 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14606 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14607 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14608 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14610 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14611 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14613 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14614 completions:
14616 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14619 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14620 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14621 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14622 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14624 ;;;***
14626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22180 39318 491077
14627 ;;;;;; 116000))
14628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14630 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14631 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14632 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14633 Tab indents for Icon code.
14634 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14635 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14636 \\{icon-mode-map}
14637 Variables controlling indentation style:
14638 icon-tab-always-indent
14639 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14640 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14641 icon-auto-newline
14642 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14643 inserted in Icon code.
14644 icon-indent-level
14645 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14646 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14647 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14648 icon-continued-statement-offset
14649 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14650 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14651 icon-continued-brace-offset
14652 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14653 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14654 icon-brace-offset
14655 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14656 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14657 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14658 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14660 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14661 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14663 \(fn)" t nil)
14665 ;;;***
14667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22180
14668 ;;;;;; 39318 492077 112000))
14669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14671 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14672 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14673 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14674 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14676 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14677 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14678 separate frames.
14680 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14681 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14683 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14684 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14685 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14689 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14691 ;;;***
14693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22180 39318
14694 ;;;;;; 495077 98000))
14695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14696 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14698 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14699 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14701 The main features of this mode are
14703 1. Indentation and Formatting
14704 --------------------------
14705 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14706 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14708 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14709 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14710 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14711 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14713 Comments are indented as follows:
14715 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14716 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14717 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14719 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14721 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14722 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14723 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14724 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14725 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14726 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14728 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14729 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14730 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14731 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14733 2. Routine Info
14734 ------------
14735 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14736 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14737 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14738 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14739 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14740 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14741 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14742 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14743 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14744 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14746 3. Online IDL Help
14747 ---------------
14749 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14750 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14751 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14752 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14754 4. Completion
14755 ----------
14756 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14757 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14758 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14759 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14760 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14761 upper case.
14763 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14764 --------------------------------
14765 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14766 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14768 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14769 \\fu FUNCTION template
14770 \\c CASE statement template
14771 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14772 \\f FOR loop template
14773 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14774 \\w WHILE loop template
14775 \\i IF statement template
14776 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14777 \\b BEGIN
14779 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14780 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14782 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14783 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14784 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14785 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14787 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14788 -------------------------
14789 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14790 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14792 7. Automatic END completion
14793 ------------------------
14794 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14795 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14797 8. Hooks
14798 -----
14799 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14800 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14802 9. Documentation and Customization
14803 -------------------------------
14804 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14805 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14806 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14807 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14808 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14809 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14811 10.Keybindings
14812 -----------
14813 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14814 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14815 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14817 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14819 \(fn)" t nil)
14821 ;;;***
14823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22180 39318 361077 714000))
14824 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14826 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14827 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14828 The following values are possible:
14829 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14830 displaying...)
14831 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14832 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14833 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14836 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14838 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14840 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14841 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14842 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14843 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14844 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14845 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14846 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14847 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14848 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14852 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14853 Switch to another buffer.
14854 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14855 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14856 in another frame.
14858 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14859 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14860 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14861 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14862 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14864 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14865 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14867 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14869 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14870 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14871 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14872 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14873 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14874 in a separate window.
14875 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14876 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14877 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14878 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14879 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14880 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14881 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14882 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14883 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14885 \(fn)" t nil)
14887 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14888 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14889 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14890 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14892 \(fn)" t nil)
14894 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14895 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14896 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14897 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14899 \(fn)" t nil)
14901 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14902 Kill a buffer.
14903 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14904 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14906 \(fn)" t nil)
14908 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14909 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14910 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14911 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14913 \(fn)" t nil)
14915 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14916 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14917 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14918 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14920 \(fn)" t nil)
14922 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14923 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14925 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14927 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14928 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14929 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14930 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14931 in another frame.
14933 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14934 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14935 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14936 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14937 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14938 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14940 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14941 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14943 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14945 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14946 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14947 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14948 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14949 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14950 in a separate window.
14951 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14952 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14953 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14954 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14955 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14956 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14957 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14958 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14959 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14960 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14961 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14962 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14963 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14964 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14965 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14966 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14967 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14968 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14970 \(fn)" t nil)
14972 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14973 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14974 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14975 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14977 \(fn)" t nil)
14979 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14980 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14981 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14982 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14984 \(fn)" t nil)
14986 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14987 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14988 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14989 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14991 \(fn)" t nil)
14993 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14994 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14995 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14996 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14998 \(fn)" t nil)
15000 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15001 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15002 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15003 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15005 \(fn)" t nil)
15007 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15008 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15009 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15010 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15012 \(fn)" t nil)
15014 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15015 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15016 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15017 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15019 \(fn)" t nil)
15021 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15022 Write current buffer to a file.
15023 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15024 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15026 \(fn)" t nil)
15028 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15029 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15030 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15031 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15033 \(fn)" t nil)
15035 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15036 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15037 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15038 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15040 \(fn)" t nil)
15042 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15043 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15044 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15045 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15046 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15047 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15049 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15051 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15052 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15053 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15054 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15056 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15058 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15059 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15060 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15061 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15063 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15065 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15066 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15067 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15068 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15069 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15070 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15071 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15072 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15073 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15074 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15075 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15076 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15077 with point positioned at the end.
15078 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15079 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15081 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15083 ;;;***
15085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22180 39318 361077 714000))
15086 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15088 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15089 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15090 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15091 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15093 \(fn)" t nil)
15095 ;;;***
15097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22180 39318 361077 714000))
15098 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15100 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15102 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15103 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15104 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15105 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15106 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15107 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15111 ;;;***
15113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22180 39318 362077 710000))
15114 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15116 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15117 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15118 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15119 be determined.
15121 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15123 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15124 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15125 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15126 be determined.
15128 \(fn)" nil nil)
15130 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15131 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15132 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15133 be determined.
15135 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15137 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15138 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15139 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15140 be determined.
15142 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15144 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15145 Determine and return image type.
15146 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15147 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15148 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15149 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15150 use its file extension as image type.
15151 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15153 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15155 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15156 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15157 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15159 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15161 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15162 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15163 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15165 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15166 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15167 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15168 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15169 must be available.
15171 \(fn)" nil nil)
15173 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15174 Create an image.
15175 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15176 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15177 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15178 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15179 use its file extension as image type.
15180 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15181 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15182 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15183 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15185 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15187 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15188 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15189 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15191 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15193 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15194 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15195 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15196 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15197 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15198 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15199 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15200 POS may be an integer or marker.
15201 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15202 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15203 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15204 means display it in the right marginal area.
15206 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15208 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15209 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15210 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15211 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15212 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15213 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15214 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15215 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15216 means display it in the right marginal area.
15217 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15218 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15219 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15220 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15221 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15223 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15225 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15226 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15227 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15228 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15229 STRING is a single space.
15230 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15231 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15232 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15233 means display it in the right marginal area.
15234 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15236 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15238 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15239 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15240 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15241 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15243 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15245 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15246 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15248 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15250 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15251 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15252 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15253 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15254 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15255 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15256 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15257 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15258 satisfied.
15260 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15262 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15264 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15266 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15267 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15269 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15270 documentation string.
15272 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15273 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15274 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15275 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15276 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15277 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15278 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15279 define SYMBOL.
15281 Example:
15283 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15284 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15286 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15288 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15290 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15291 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15292 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15293 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15295 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15296 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15297 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15298 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15300 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15302 \(fn)" nil nil)
15304 ;;;***
15306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22180 39318
15307 ;;;;;; 362077 710000))
15308 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15309 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15311 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15312 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15313 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15314 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15315 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15316 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15320 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15321 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15323 Convenience command that:
15325 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15326 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15327 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15329 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15330 image files in dired and type
15331 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15333 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15335 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15336 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15338 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15340 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15341 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15342 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15343 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15344 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15345 another one).
15347 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15348 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15349 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15351 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15352 instead of erasing it first.
15354 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15355 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15356 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15357 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15358 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15359 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15361 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15363 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15364 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15365 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15366 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15367 displayed.
15369 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15371 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15373 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15375 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15376 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15378 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15380 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15381 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15382 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15384 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15386 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15387 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15389 \(fn)" t nil)
15391 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15392 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15393 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15394 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15396 \(fn)" t nil)
15398 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15399 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15401 \(fn)" t nil)
15403 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15404 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15406 \(fn)" t nil)
15408 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15409 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15411 \(fn)" t nil)
15413 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15414 Display current image file.
15415 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15416 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15420 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15421 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15423 \(fn)" t nil)
15425 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15426 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15427 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15428 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15429 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15430 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15431 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15433 \(fn)" t nil)
15435 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15436 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15437 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15438 easy-to-use form.
15440 \(fn)" t nil)
15442 ;;;***
15444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22180 39318 362077
15445 ;;;;;; 710000))
15446 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15448 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15449 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15450 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15451 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15453 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15454 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15455 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15456 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15458 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15460 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15461 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15462 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15463 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15465 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15466 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15467 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15468 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15470 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15472 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15473 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15475 \(fn)" nil nil)
15477 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15478 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15479 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15480 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15482 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15484 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15485 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15486 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15488 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15489 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15491 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15493 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15494 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15495 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15496 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15497 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15499 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15500 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15501 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15505 ;;;***
15507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22180 39318 362077
15508 ;;;;;; 710000))
15509 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15511 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15512 Major mode for image files.
15513 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15514 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15516 Key bindings:
15517 \\{image-mode-map}
15519 \(fn)" t nil)
15521 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15522 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15524 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15525 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15527 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15528 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15529 actual image.
15531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15533 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15534 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15535 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15536 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15537 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15538 to display an image file as the actual image.
15540 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15541 to display an image file as text initially.
15543 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15544 on these modes.
15546 \(fn)" t nil)
15548 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15551 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15553 ;;;***
15555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22180 39318 362077 710000))
15556 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15558 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15559 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15561 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15563 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15564 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15565 in the buffer.
15567 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15569 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15570 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15571 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15573 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15575 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15576 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15577 Each element of this list should have the form
15579 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15581 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15582 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15583 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15584 matches are put).
15585 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15586 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15587 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15588 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15589 another element.
15590 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15591 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15592 the menu item.
15593 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15594 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15595 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15596 the ARGUMENTS.
15598 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15599 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15600 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15602 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15603 create a buffer index.
15605 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15606 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15607 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15608 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15609 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15611 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15613 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15614 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15616 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15617 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15618 called within a `save-excursion'.
15620 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15622 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15624 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15625 Function for finding the next index position.
15627 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15628 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15629 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15630 file.
15632 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15633 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15635 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15637 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15638 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15640 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15641 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15642 It should return the name for that index item.")
15644 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15646 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15647 Function to compare string with index item.
15649 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15650 non-nil if they match.
15652 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15653 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15654 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15655 arguments match\".")
15657 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15659 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15660 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15661 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15663 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15664 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15666 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15668 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15670 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15671 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15672 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15673 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15675 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15677 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15678 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15680 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15682 \(fn)" t nil)
15684 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15685 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15686 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15687 for more information.
15689 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15691 ;;;***
15693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22180 39318
15694 ;;;;;; 374077 654000))
15695 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15697 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15698 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15700 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15702 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15705 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15707 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15710 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15712 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15715 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15717 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15718 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15720 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15722 ;;;***
15724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22180 39318
15725 ;;;;;; 495077 98000))
15726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15728 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15729 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15730 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15731 to that buffer.
15732 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15733 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15734 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15735 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15737 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15739 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15741 ;;;***
15743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22180 39318 364077 701000))
15744 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15746 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15747 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15748 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15749 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15750 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15751 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15752 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15753 first in this list.
15755 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15756 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15757 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15758 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15759 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15761 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15762 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15763 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15765 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15766 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15768 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15769 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15771 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15772 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15773 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15774 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15775 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15776 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15777 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15778 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15779 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15780 with the top-level Info directory.
15782 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15783 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15785 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15787 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15788 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15789 in all the directories in that path.
15791 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15793 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15795 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15796 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15798 \(fn)" t nil)
15800 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15801 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15803 \(fn)" t nil)
15805 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15806 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15807 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15808 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15810 \(fn)" nil nil)
15812 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15813 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15814 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15815 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15817 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15819 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15820 Go to the Info directory node.
15822 \(fn)" t nil)
15824 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15825 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15826 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15827 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15828 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15829 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15831 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15833 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15834 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15835 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15837 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15839 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15840 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15841 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15842 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15843 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15845 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15847 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15848 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15849 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15850 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15851 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15853 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15854 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15856 Selecting other nodes:
15857 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15858 Follow a node reference you click on.
15859 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15860 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15861 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15862 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15863 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15864 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15865 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15866 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15867 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15868 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15869 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15870 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15871 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15872 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15873 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15874 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15875 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15876 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15877 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15878 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15880 Moving within a node:
15881 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15882 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15883 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15884 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15885 move up to the parent node.
15886 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15887 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15888 if there is none.
15889 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15891 Advanced commands:
15892 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15893 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15894 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15895 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15896 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15897 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15898 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15899 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15900 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15901 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15902 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15903 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15904 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15905 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15906 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15907 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15909 \(fn)" t nil)
15910 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15912 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15913 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15914 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15915 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15916 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15917 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15919 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15920 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15922 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15923 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15924 KEY is a string.
15925 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15926 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15927 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15928 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15930 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15932 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15933 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15934 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15936 \(fn)" t nil)
15938 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15939 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15940 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15942 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15944 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15945 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15946 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15947 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15948 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15949 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15951 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15953 ;;;***
15955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22180 39318 363077
15956 ;;;;;; 705000))
15957 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15959 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15960 Throw away all cached data.
15961 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15962 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15963 system.
15965 \(fn)" t nil)
15966 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15968 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15969 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15970 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15971 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15972 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15973 one found at point.
15975 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15977 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15978 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15980 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15981 Display the documentation of a file.
15982 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15983 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15984 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15985 The default file name is the one found at point.
15987 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15989 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15991 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15992 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15994 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15996 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15997 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15999 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16001 ;;;***
16003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22180 39318 363077
16004 ;;;;;; 705000))
16005 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16006 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16008 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16009 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16010 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16011 current info file is the default.
16013 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16014 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16015 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16016 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16017 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16019 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16020 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16021 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16022 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16023 mistake in the reference.
16025 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16026 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16027 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16029 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16030 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16031 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16032 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16034 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16036 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16037 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16038 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16039 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16040 checked.
16042 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16043 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16044 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16045 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16046 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16047 should be harmless.
16049 \(fn)" t nil)
16051 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16052 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16053 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16054 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16056 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16057 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16058 and can take a long time.
16060 \(fn)" t nil)
16062 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16063 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16064 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16066 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16068 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16069 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16071 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16072 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16073 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16074 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16075 all builtins).
16077 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16078 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16079 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16080 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16081 the sources handy.
16083 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16085 ;;;***
16087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22180 39318 364077
16088 ;;;;;; 701000))
16089 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16091 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16092 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16094 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16096 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16097 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16099 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16101 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16102 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16103 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16104 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16106 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16107 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16108 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16110 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16111 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16112 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16113 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16115 \(fn)" t nil)
16117 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16118 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16119 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16121 \(fn)" t nil)
16123 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16124 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16125 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16126 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16127 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16129 \(fn)" nil nil)
16131 ;;;***
16133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22180 39318
16134 ;;;;;; 289078 46000))
16135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16137 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16140 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16142 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16144 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16146 ;;;***
16148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22180 39318
16149 ;;;;;; 252078 216000))
16150 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16151 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16153 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16154 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16155 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16157 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16159 ;;;***
16161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22180
16162 ;;;;;; 39318 365077 696000))
16163 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16165 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16166 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16168 \(fn)" t nil)
16170 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16171 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16173 \(fn)" t nil)
16175 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16178 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16180 ;;;***
16182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22180 39318 370077
16183 ;;;;;; 673000))
16184 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16185 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16187 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16188 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16189 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16190 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16191 accessed via isearchb.
16193 \(fn)" t nil)
16195 ;;;***
16197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22180
16198 ;;;;;; 39318 365077 696000))
16199 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16201 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16202 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16203 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16204 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16205 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16207 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16209 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16210 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16211 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16212 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16213 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16215 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16217 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16218 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16219 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16220 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16221 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16223 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16225 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16226 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16227 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16228 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16229 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16231 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16233 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16234 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16235 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16236 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16237 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16239 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16241 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16242 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16243 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16244 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16245 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16247 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16249 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16250 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16251 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16252 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16253 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16255 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16257 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16258 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16259 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16260 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16262 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16264 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16265 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16266 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16267 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16269 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16271 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16272 Warn that format is read-only.
16274 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16276 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16277 Warn that format is write-only.
16279 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16281 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16282 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16284 \(fn)" t nil)
16286 ;;;***
16288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16289 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 365077 696000))
16290 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16291 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16292 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16294 ;;;***
16296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22183 58408
16297 ;;;;;; 705001 736000))
16298 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16300 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16302 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16303 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16304 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16305 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16306 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16308 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16310 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16312 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16313 Key map for ispell menu.")
16315 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16316 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16317 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16318 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16320 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16322 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16324 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16326 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16328 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16329 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16330 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16331 Valid forms include:
16332 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16333 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16334 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16335 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16337 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16338 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16339 First list is used raw.
16340 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16342 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16343 for skipping in latex mode.")
16345 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16346 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16347 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16348 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16349 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16350 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16351 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16353 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16354 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16355 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16356 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16358 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16359 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16360 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16361 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16362 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16364 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16365 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16367 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16368 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16370 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16371 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16373 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16374 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16376 Return values:
16377 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16378 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16379 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16380 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16381 quit spell session exited.
16383 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16385 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16386 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16387 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16389 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16391 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16392 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16394 Selections are:
16396 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16397 SPC: Accept word this time.
16398 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16399 `a': Accept word for this session.
16400 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16401 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16402 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16403 `?': Show these commands.
16404 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16405 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16406 the aborted check to be completed later.
16407 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16408 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16409 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16410 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16411 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16412 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16413 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16415 \(fn)" nil nil)
16417 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16418 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16419 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16420 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16422 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16424 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16425 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16426 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16427 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16429 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16431 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16433 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16434 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16435 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16436 amount for last line processed.
16438 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16440 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16441 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16443 \(fn)" t nil)
16445 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16446 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16448 \(fn)" t nil)
16450 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16451 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16452 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16454 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16456 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16457 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16459 \(fn)" t nil)
16461 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16462 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16463 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16464 sequence inside of a word.
16466 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16468 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16470 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16471 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16473 \(fn)" t nil)
16475 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16476 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16477 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16478 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16480 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16481 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16482 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16483 available on the net.
16485 \(fn)" t nil)
16487 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16488 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16489 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16490 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16491 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16493 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16494 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16495 spelled.
16497 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16498 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16499 SPC.
16501 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16502 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16506 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16507 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16508 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16509 Don't check included messages.
16511 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16512 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16513 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16515 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16516 in your init file:
16517 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16518 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16519 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16520 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16522 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16523 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16524 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16526 \(fn)" t nil)
16528 ;;;***
16530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22180
16531 ;;;;;; 39318 375077 650000))
16532 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16534 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16537 \(fn)" nil nil)
16539 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16540 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16541 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16542 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16543 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16544 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16545 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16546 necessary to represent OBJ.
16548 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16550 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16551 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16552 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16553 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16555 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16557 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16558 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16559 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16560 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16561 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16563 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16565 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16566 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16567 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16568 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16570 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16572 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16573 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16574 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16575 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16577 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16579 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16580 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16582 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16584 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16585 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16586 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16587 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16588 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16590 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16592 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16593 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16594 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16595 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16596 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16598 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16600 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16601 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16602 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16604 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16606 ;;;***
16608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22180 39318 370077
16609 ;;;;;; 673000))
16610 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16612 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16613 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16614 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16615 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16617 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16620 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16622 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16623 Uninstall jka-compr.
16624 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16625 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16626 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16628 \(fn)" nil nil)
16630 ;;;***
16632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22180 39318 495077
16633 ;;;;;; 98000))
16634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16635 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16637 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16638 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16640 \(fn)" t nil)
16642 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16643 Major mode for editing JSX.
16645 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16646 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16647 locally, like so:
16649 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16650 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16651 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16653 \(fn)" t nil)
16654 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16656 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16658 ;;;***
16660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22180 39318 370077 673000))
16661 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16662 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16664 ;;;***
16666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22180 39318
16667 ;;;;;; 296078 13000))
16668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16670 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16671 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16672 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16673 decimal key must be specified.")
16675 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16677 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16678 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16679 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16680 decimal key must be specified.")
16682 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16684 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16685 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16686 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16687 decimal key must be specified.")
16689 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16691 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16692 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16693 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16694 decimal key must be specified.")
16696 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16698 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16699 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16700 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16701 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16702 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16703 keys are bound.
16705 Setup Binding
16706 -------------------------------------------------------------
16707 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16708 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16709 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16710 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16711 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16712 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16713 in the global and local keymaps.
16715 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16716 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16718 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16720 ;;;***
16722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22180
16723 ;;;;;; 39318 365077 696000))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16726 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16727 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16728 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16730 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16731 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16732 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16733 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16734 shorter.
16736 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16737 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16738 the context of text formatting.
16740 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16742 ;;;***
16744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22180 39318 366077
16745 ;;;;;; 691000))
16746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16748 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16749 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16750 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16751 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16752 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16753 positions that contains the current selection.")
16755 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16756 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16757 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16758 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16759 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16760 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16761 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16763 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16765 ;;;***
16767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22180 39318 370077 673000))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16769 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16770 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16771 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16772 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16773 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16774 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16775 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16777 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16778 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16779 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16781 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16783 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16784 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16785 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16786 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16787 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16789 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16791 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16792 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16793 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16795 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16796 defining the macro.
16798 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16799 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16800 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16802 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16803 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16805 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16807 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16808 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16809 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16810 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16811 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16812 under that name.
16814 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16815 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16816 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16818 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16820 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16821 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16822 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16823 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16825 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16826 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16827 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16828 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16830 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16831 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16833 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16835 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16836 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16837 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16839 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16840 macro.
16842 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16843 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16845 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16846 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16847 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16849 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16850 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16854 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16855 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16856 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16857 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16859 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16861 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16862 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16863 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16864 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16866 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16867 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16869 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16871 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16872 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16873 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16875 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16877 ;;;***
16879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22180
16880 ;;;;;; 39318 375077 650000))
16881 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16883 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16884 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16885 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16887 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16890 \(fn)" nil nil)
16892 ;;;***
16894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22180 39318
16895 ;;;;;; 375077 650000))
16896 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16898 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16901 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16903 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16904 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16905 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16906 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16907 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16908 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16910 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16911 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16913 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16915 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16916 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16918 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16920 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16923 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16925 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16928 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16930 ;;;***
16932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22180
16933 ;;;;;; 39318 366077 691000))
16934 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16936 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16937 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16938 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16939 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16941 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16943 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16944 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16945 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16947 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16949 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16950 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16951 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16953 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16955 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16956 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16957 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16958 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16960 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16962 ;;;***
16964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16965 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 366077 691000))
16966 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16968 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16969 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16970 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16971 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16972 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16973 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16974 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16975 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16977 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16978 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16981 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16983 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16985 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16986 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16987 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16988 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16989 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16990 `latin1-display-setup'.
16992 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16994 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16995 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16996 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16997 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17000 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17002 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17004 ;;;***
17006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22180
17007 ;;;;;; 39318 495077 98000))
17008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17010 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17011 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17013 \(fn)" t nil)
17015 ;;;***
17017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22180
17018 ;;;;;; 39318 289078 46000))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17020 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17022 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17023 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17024 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17025 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17027 For instance, the following code
17029 (let-alist alist
17030 (if (and .title .body)
17031 .body
17032 .site
17033 .site.contents))
17035 essentially expands to
17037 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17038 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17039 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17040 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17041 (if (and .title .body)
17042 .body
17043 .site
17044 .site.contents))
17046 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17047 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17048 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17049 displayed in the example above.
17051 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17053 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17055 ;;;***
17057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22180 39318 466077 231000))
17058 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17060 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17061 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17062 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17063 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17064 generations (this defaults to 1).
17066 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17068 ;;;***
17070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22180 39318 385077 604000))
17071 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17072 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17074 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17075 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17076 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17077 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17078 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17080 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17084 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17085 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17086 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17088 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17089 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17091 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17093 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17094 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17095 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17096 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17097 ARG is omitted or nil.
17099 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17100 `linum-on' would do it.
17101 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17105 ;;;***
17107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22180 39318 385077
17108 ;;;;;; 604000))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17111 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17112 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17113 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17114 is nil, raise an error.
17116 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17117 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17118 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17119 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17120 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17121 defined by the library.
17123 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17124 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17125 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17126 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17127 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17128 proceeds.
17130 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17131 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17132 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17133 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17135 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17137 ;;;***
17139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22180 39318 386077 599000))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17142 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17143 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17144 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17146 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17148 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17149 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17150 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17151 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17153 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17154 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17155 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17156 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17157 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17158 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17159 the version.)
17161 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17162 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17164 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17165 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17167 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17168 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17170 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17172 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17173 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17174 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17175 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17176 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17177 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17178 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17179 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17180 to constrain a big search.
17182 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17184 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17185 except that FILTER is not optional.
17187 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17189 ;;;***
17191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22180 39318 552076
17192 ;;;;;; 836000))
17193 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17195 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17196 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17197 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17198 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17199 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17200 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17201 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17202 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17203 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17204 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17206 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17207 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17208 associated values:
17209 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17210 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17211 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17212 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17213 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17215 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17216 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17217 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17219 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17221 ;;;***
17223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22180 39318 552076
17224 ;;;;;; 836000))
17225 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17227 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17228 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17230 \(fn)" t nil)
17232 ;;;***
17234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22180 39318 386077 599000))
17235 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17237 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17238 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17240 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17241 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17243 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17244 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17245 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17247 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17248 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17250 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17251 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17252 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17253 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17254 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17255 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17256 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17258 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17260 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17261 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17262 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17263 switch on this list.
17264 See `lpr-command'.")
17266 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17268 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17269 Name of program for printing a file.
17271 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17272 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17273 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17274 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17275 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17276 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17277 argument.")
17279 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17281 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17282 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17283 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17284 for customization of the printer command.
17286 \(fn)" t nil)
17288 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17289 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17291 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17292 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17293 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17294 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17296 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17297 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17299 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17300 for further customization of the printer command.
17302 \(fn)" t nil)
17304 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17305 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17306 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17307 for customization of the printer command.
17309 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17311 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17312 Paginate and print the region contents.
17314 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17315 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17316 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17317 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17319 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17320 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17322 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17323 for further customization of the printer command.
17325 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17327 ;;;***
17329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22180 39318 386077
17330 ;;;;;; 599000))
17331 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17333 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17334 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17335 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17337 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17339 ;;;***
17341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22180 39318 245078
17342 ;;;;;; 248000))
17343 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17345 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17346 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17347 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17348 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17352 ;;;***
17354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22180 39318
17355 ;;;;;; 496077 94000))
17356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17358 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17359 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17361 \(fn)" t nil)
17363 ;;;***
17365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22180 39318 386077 599000))
17366 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17368 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17369 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17370 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17371 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17372 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17374 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17376 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17377 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17378 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17379 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17380 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17382 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17383 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17384 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17385 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17386 bindings.
17388 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17389 use this command, and then save the file.
17391 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17393 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17394 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17395 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17396 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17397 each time the macro executes.
17398 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17399 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17400 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17401 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17402 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17403 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17404 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17406 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17408 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17409 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17410 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17411 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17413 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17414 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17415 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17416 execute.
17418 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17419 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17421 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17422 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17423 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17424 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17425 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17427 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17428 looked like this:
17430 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17431 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17432 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17434 You could enter the names in this format:
17440 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17442 \\C-x (
17443 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17444 \\C-x )
17446 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17447 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17449 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17450 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17452 ;;;***
17454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22180 39318
17455 ;;;;;; 387077 595000))
17456 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17458 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17459 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17460 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17461 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17462 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17463 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17465 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17466 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17467 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17468 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17469 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17471 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17472 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17473 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17474 consing a string.)
17476 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17478 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17479 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17481 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17483 ;;;***
17485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22180 39318
17486 ;;;;;; 387077 595000))
17487 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17489 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17490 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17492 \(fn)" nil nil)
17494 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17497 \(fn)" nil nil)
17499 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17500 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17502 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17504 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17505 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17506 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17507 message.
17509 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17511 \(fn)" nil nil)
17513 ;;;***
17515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22180 39318
17516 ;;;;;; 387077 595000))
17517 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17519 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17520 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17521 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17522 often correct parser.")
17524 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17526 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17527 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17528 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17529 a value which excludes your own email address.
17531 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17532 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17534 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17536 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17537 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17539 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17541 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17542 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17543 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17544 we return it unconverted.
17546 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17547 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17549 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17551 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17552 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17553 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17554 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17556 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17558 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17559 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17560 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17561 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17563 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17565 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17566 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17567 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17568 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17569 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17570 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17571 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17572 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17573 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17574 as Rmail does.
17576 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17578 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17579 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17580 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17581 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17582 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17583 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17584 matches may be returned from the message body.
17586 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17588 ;;;***
17590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22180 39318
17591 ;;;;;; 387077 595000))
17592 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17594 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17595 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17596 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17597 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17598 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17599 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17601 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17603 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17604 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17605 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17606 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17607 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17609 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17610 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17611 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17612 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17616 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17617 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17619 \(fn)" nil nil)
17621 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17622 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17623 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17625 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17627 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17628 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17629 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17631 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17632 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17633 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17634 double-quotes.
17636 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17638 ;;;***
17640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22180 39318
17641 ;;;;;; 387077 595000))
17642 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17644 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17645 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17646 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17647 king@grassland.com
17648 If `parens', they look like:
17649 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17650 If `angles', they look like:
17651 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17653 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17655 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17656 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17657 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17658 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17659 their `Resent-' variants.
17661 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17662 removed from alias expansions.
17664 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17666 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17667 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17668 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17670 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17671 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17672 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17673 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17675 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17677 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17678 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17679 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17681 \(fn)" nil nil)
17683 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17684 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17685 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17686 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17688 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17690 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17692 ;;;***
17694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22183 58408
17695 ;;;;;; 680001 935000))
17696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17698 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17699 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17700 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17701 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17703 \(fn)" nil nil)
17705 ;;;***
17707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22180
17708 ;;;;;; 39318 496077 94000))
17709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17711 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17712 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17714 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17715 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17716 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17717 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17718 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17719 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17721 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17722 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17723 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17724 dependency, despite the colon.
17726 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17728 In the browser, use the following keys:
17730 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17732 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17734 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17735 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17737 `makefile-target-colon':
17738 The string that gets appended to all target names
17739 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17740 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17742 `makefile-macro-assign':
17743 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17744 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17745 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17746 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17747 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17748 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17750 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17751 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17752 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17754 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17755 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17757 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17758 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17759 up or down in the browser.
17761 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17762 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17764 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17765 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17767 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17768 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17769 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17770 has been selected in the browser.
17772 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17773 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17774 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17775 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17776 filenames are omitted.
17778 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17779 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17780 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17781 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17782 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17783 the backslash itself intact.
17784 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17785 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17787 `makefile-browser-hook':
17788 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17789 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17791 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17792 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17793 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17794 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17796 \(fn)" t nil)
17798 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17799 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17801 \(fn)" t nil)
17803 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17804 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17806 \(fn)" t nil)
17808 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17809 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17811 \(fn)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17814 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17816 \(fn)" t nil)
17818 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17819 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17821 \(fn)" t nil)
17823 ;;;***
17825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22180 39318 392077
17826 ;;;;;; 572000))
17827 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17829 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17830 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17831 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17833 \(fn)" t nil)
17835 ;;;***
17837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22183 58408 680001 935000))
17838 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17840 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17842 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17843 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17844 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17845 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17846 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17847 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17848 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17849 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17850 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17851 without running the man command.
17853 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17854 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17855 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17857 cat(1)
17858 1 cat
17860 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17861 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17862 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17863 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17865 -a chmod
17867 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17868 otherwise look like a page name.
17870 /my/file/name.1.gz
17871 -l somefile.1
17873 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17874 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17875 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17877 -k pattern
17879 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17881 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17882 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17884 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17886 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17887 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17889 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17891 ;;;***
17893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22183 58377 523249
17894 ;;;;;; 394000))
17895 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17896 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17898 ;;;***
17900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22180 39318 392077 572000))
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17902 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17904 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17905 Toggle Master mode.
17906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17910 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17911 using the following commands:
17913 \\{master-mode-map}
17915 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17916 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17917 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17921 ;;;***
17923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22180 39318 392077
17924 ;;;;;; 572000))
17925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17927 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17928 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17929 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17930 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17931 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17932 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17934 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17936 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17937 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17938 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17939 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17940 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17942 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17943 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17944 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17945 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17949 ;;;***
17951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22180 39318 392077 572000))
17952 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17953 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17955 ;;;***
17957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22180 39318 346077
17958 ;;;;;; 783000))
17959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17961 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17963 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17964 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17965 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17966 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17967 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17968 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17969 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17970 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17971 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17972 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17973 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17974 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17975 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17976 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17977 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17978 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17979 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17980 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17981 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17982 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17983 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17984 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17985 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17986 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17987 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17988 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17989 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17990 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17991 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17992 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17993 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17994 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17995 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17996 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17997 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17998 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17999 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18000 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18002 \(fn)" t nil)
18004 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18005 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18006 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18007 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18008 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18010 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18012 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18013 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18015 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18017 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18018 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18020 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18022 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18023 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18025 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18027 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18028 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18029 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18031 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18033 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18034 Cancel an article you posted.
18035 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18039 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18040 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18041 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18042 header line with the old Message-ID.
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18046 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18047 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18049 \(fn)" t nil)
18051 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18052 Forward the current message via mail.
18053 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18054 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18056 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18058 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18061 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18063 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18066 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18068 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18069 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18071 \(fn)" t nil)
18073 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18074 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18076 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18078 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18079 Re-mail the current message.
18080 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18081 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18082 you.
18084 \(fn)" t nil)
18086 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18087 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18089 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18091 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18092 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18094 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18096 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18097 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18099 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18101 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18102 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18104 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18106 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18107 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18108 Works by overstriking characters.
18109 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18110 which specify the range to operate on.
18112 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18114 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18115 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18116 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18117 which specify the range to operate on.
18119 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18121 ;;;***
18123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22180
18124 ;;;;;; 39318 496077 94000))
18125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18126 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18128 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18129 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18131 \(fn)" t nil)
18133 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18134 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18136 \(fn)" t nil)
18138 ;;;***
18140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22180 39318
18141 ;;;;;; 388077 590000))
18142 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18144 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18145 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18146 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18148 \(fn)" t nil)
18150 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18151 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18152 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18153 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18154 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18155 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18156 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18158 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18160 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18161 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18162 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18163 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18164 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18165 means current).
18166 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18167 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18169 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18171 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18172 Process current region through `metamail'.
18173 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18174 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18175 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18176 means current).
18177 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18178 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18180 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18182 ;;;***
18184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22180 39318 397077
18185 ;;;;;; 549000))
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18188 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18189 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18190 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18192 \(fn)" t nil)
18194 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18195 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18196 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18198 \(fn)" t nil)
18200 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18201 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18203 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18204 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18205 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18207 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18208 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18210 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18211 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18213 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18215 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18217 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18218 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18219 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18220 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18221 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18222 as `compose-mail'.
18224 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18225 initial Subject field, respectively.
18227 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18228 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18229 are strings.
18231 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18232 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18234 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18236 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18237 Save draft and send message.
18239 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18240 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18241 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18242 Mail Delivery*\".
18244 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18245 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18246 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18248 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18249 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18250 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18251 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18252 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18253 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18255 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18256 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18258 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18259 message and scan line.
18261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18263 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18264 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18266 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18267 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18268 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18269 delete the draft message.
18271 \(fn)" t nil)
18273 ;;;***
18275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22180 39318 398077 544000))
18276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18277 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18279 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18281 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18283 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18285 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18286 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18288 \(fn)" t nil)
18290 ;;;***
18292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22180 39318
18293 ;;;;;; 398077 544000))
18294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18296 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18297 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18298 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18300 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18301 the MH mail system.
18303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18305 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18306 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18307 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18309 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18310 the MH mail system.
18312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18314 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18315 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18317 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18318 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18319 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18320 separate command.
18322 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18323 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18324 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18325 format.
18327 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18329 Ranges
18330 ======
18331 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18332 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18333 can be used in several ways.
18335 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18336 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18337 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18338 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18339 page):
18341 <num1>-<num2>
18342 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18343 The range must be nonempty.
18345 <num>:N
18346 <num>:+N
18347 <num>:-N
18348 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18349 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18350 last.
18352 first:N
18353 prev:N
18354 next:N
18355 last:N
18356 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18359 All of the messages.
18361 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18362 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18364 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18365 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18366 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18368 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18370 \(fn)" t nil)
18372 ;;;***
18374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22180 39318 402077
18375 ;;;;;; 526000))
18376 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18378 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18379 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18380 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18383 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18385 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18387 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18388 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18392 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18393 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18394 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18395 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18396 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18397 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18398 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18399 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18400 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18401 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18402 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18404 \(fn)" t nil)
18406 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18407 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18408 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18409 to its second argument TM.
18411 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18413 ;;;***
18415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22180 39318
18416 ;;;;;; 402077 526000))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18419 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18420 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18421 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18424 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18426 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18428 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18429 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18430 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18431 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18432 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18434 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18435 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18436 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18437 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18438 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18439 is modified to remove the default indication.
18441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18443 ;;;***
18445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22180 39318 403077 521000))
18446 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18448 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18449 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18450 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18451 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18452 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18453 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18454 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18455 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18456 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18458 \(fn)" t nil)
18460 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18461 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18462 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18463 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18464 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18465 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18466 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18467 The return value is always nil.
18469 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18471 ;;;***
18473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22180 39318 403077
18474 ;;;;;; 521000))
18475 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18476 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18478 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18479 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18481 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18482 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18483 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18484 next occurrence.
18486 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18487 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18488 end of the search space).
18490 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18491 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18492 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18493 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18494 should return the previous buffer to search.
18496 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18497 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18498 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18500 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18501 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18502 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18503 Isearch starts.")
18505 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18506 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18507 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18509 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18510 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18511 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18513 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18514 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18516 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18517 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18518 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18520 \(fn)" nil nil)
18522 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18523 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18524 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18525 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18526 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18527 whose names match the specified regexp.
18529 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18531 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18532 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18533 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18534 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18535 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18536 whose names match the specified regexp.
18538 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18540 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18541 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18542 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18543 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18544 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18545 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18546 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18548 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18550 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18551 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18552 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18553 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18554 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18555 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18556 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18558 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18560 ;;;***
18562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22180
18563 ;;;;;; 39318 496077 94000))
18564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18565 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18567 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18568 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18570 \(fn)" t nil)
18572 ;;;***
18574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22180 39318
18575 ;;;;;; 347077 779000))
18576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18578 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18579 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18581 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18583 ;;;***
18585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22180 39318
18586 ;;;;;; 347077 779000))
18587 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18589 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18590 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18592 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18594 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18595 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18596 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18597 the entire message.
18598 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18600 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18602 ;;;***
18604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22180 39318
18605 ;;;;;; 347077 779000))
18606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18608 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18609 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18610 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18611 the entire message.
18612 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18614 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18616 ;;;***
18618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22180 39318 347077
18619 ;;;;;; 779000))
18620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18622 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18623 Insert file contents of URL.
18624 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18626 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18628 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18629 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18633 ;;;***
18635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22180 39318 348077
18636 ;;;;;; 774000))
18637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18639 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18640 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18641 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18642 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18643 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18645 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18647 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18648 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18649 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18651 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18653 ;;;***
18655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22180 39318 348077 774000))
18656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18658 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18659 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18661 \(fn)" nil nil)
18663 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18664 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18665 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18666 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18667 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18669 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18670 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18671 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18672 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18673 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18674 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18676 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18678 ;;;***
18680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22180 39318 349077
18681 ;;;;;; 770000))
18682 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18684 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18687 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18689 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18692 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18694 ;;;***
18696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22180 39318 349077
18697 ;;;;;; 770000))
18698 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18700 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18703 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18705 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18708 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18710 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18713 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18715 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18718 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18720 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18723 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18725 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18728 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18730 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18733 \(fn)" nil nil)
18735 ;;;***
18737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22183 58408
18738 ;;;;;; 667002 38000))
18739 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18741 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18743 ;;;***
18745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21887 52709
18746 ;;;;;; 955061 134000))
18747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18749 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18751 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18752 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18753 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18754 followed by the first character of the construct.
18755 \\<m2-mode-map>
18756 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18757 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18758 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18759 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18760 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18761 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18762 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18763 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18764 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18765 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18766 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18767 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18768 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18769 \\[m2-link] link
18771 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18772 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18773 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18775 \(fn)" t nil)
18777 ;;;***
18779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22180 39318 466077
18780 ;;;;;; 231000))
18781 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18783 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18784 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18786 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18788 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18789 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18791 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18793 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18794 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18796 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18798 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18799 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18801 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18803 ;;;***
18805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22180 39318 403077
18806 ;;;;;; 521000))
18807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18809 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18810 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18812 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18813 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18814 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18816 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18817 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18818 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18820 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18821 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18823 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18824 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18825 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18826 hemisphere you're in.)
18828 To test this function, evaluate:
18829 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18831 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18833 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18834 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18836 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18837 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18839 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18840 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18841 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18843 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18844 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18846 To test this function, evaluate:
18847 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18849 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18851 ;;;***
18853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22180 39318 404077 516000))
18854 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18856 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18857 Main entry point for MPC.
18859 \(fn)" t nil)
18861 ;;;***
18863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22180 39318 467077 227000))
18864 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18866 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18867 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18869 \(fn)" t nil)
18871 ;;;***
18873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22180 39318 404077 516000))
18874 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18876 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18877 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18878 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18880 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18881 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18883 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18885 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18886 Toggle Msb mode.
18887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18888 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18889 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18891 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18892 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18896 ;;;***
18898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22180
18899 ;;;;;; 39318 367077 687000))
18900 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18902 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18903 Display a list of all character sets.
18905 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18906 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18907 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18908 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18909 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18911 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18912 but still shows the full information.
18914 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18916 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18917 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18918 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18920 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18921 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18922 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18923 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18924 meanings of these arguments.
18926 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18928 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18929 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18931 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18933 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18934 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18936 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18938 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18939 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18941 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18943 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18944 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18946 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18947 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18948 in place of `..':
18949 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18950 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18951 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18952 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18953 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18954 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18955 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18956 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18957 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18958 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18959 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18960 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18961 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18962 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18963 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18964 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18966 \(fn)" t nil)
18968 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18969 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18971 \(fn)" t nil)
18973 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18974 Display a list of all coding systems.
18975 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18977 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18978 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18982 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18983 Display a list of all coding categories.
18985 \(fn)" nil nil)
18987 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18988 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18989 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18991 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18993 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18994 Display information about FONTSET.
18995 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18997 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18999 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19000 Display a list of all fontsets.
19001 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19002 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19003 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19005 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19007 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19008 Display information about all input methods.
19010 \(fn)" t nil)
19012 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19013 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19015 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19016 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19017 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19018 system which uses fontsets).
19020 \(fn)" t nil)
19022 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19023 Show log of font listing and opening.
19024 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19025 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19027 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19029 ;;;***
19031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22180
19032 ;;;;;; 39318 367077 687000))
19033 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19035 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19036 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19038 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19039 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19041 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19042 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19044 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19046 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19047 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19048 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19049 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19050 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19051 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19052 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19054 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19055 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19056 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19057 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19058 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19059 middle of a character in STR.
19061 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19062 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19064 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19065 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19066 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19067 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19068 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19070 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19072 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19073 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19075 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19076 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19077 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19079 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19080 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19081 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19083 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19084 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19085 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19086 are considered.
19087 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19088 longer than KEYSEQ.
19089 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19091 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19093 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19094 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19095 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19096 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19097 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19098 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19099 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19100 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19101 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19102 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19103 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19105 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19107 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19108 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19110 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19112 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19113 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19115 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19117 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19118 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19120 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19122 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19123 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19125 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19127 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19128 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19129 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19130 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19131 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19133 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19134 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19136 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19137 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19138 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19139 coding systems ordered by priority.
19141 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19143 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19145 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19146 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19147 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19148 language environment LANG-ENV.
19150 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19152 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19153 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19154 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19155 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19156 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19157 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19159 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19161 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19162 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19163 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19164 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19165 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19166 QUALITY can be:
19167 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19168 excessive work.
19169 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19170 part of the file/buffer.
19171 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19173 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19175 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19176 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19177 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19178 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19179 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19180 QUALITY can be:
19181 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19182 excessive work.
19183 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19184 part of the file/buffer.
19185 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19187 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19189 ;;;***
19191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22180 39318
19192 ;;;;;; 409077 494000))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19195 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19196 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19198 \(fn)" t nil)
19200 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19201 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19203 \(fn)" t nil)
19205 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19206 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19208 \(fn)" t nil)
19210 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19211 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19213 \(fn)" t nil)
19215 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19216 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19218 \(fn)" t nil)
19220 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19221 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19223 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19225 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19226 Ping HOST.
19227 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19228 `ping-program-options'.
19230 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19232 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19233 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19235 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19237 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19238 Run nslookup program.
19240 \(fn)" t nil)
19242 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19243 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19245 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19247 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19248 Run dig program.
19250 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19252 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19253 Run ftp program.
19255 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19257 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19258 Finger USER on HOST.
19260 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19262 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19263 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19264 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19265 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19267 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19269 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19272 \(fn)" t nil)
19274 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19275 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19277 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19279 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19280 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19282 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19284 ;;;***
19286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22180 39318 409077
19287 ;;;;;; 494000))
19288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19290 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19291 Return a user name/password pair.
19292 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19293 listed in the PORTS list.
19295 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19297 ;;;***
19299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22180
19300 ;;;;;; 39318 409077 494000))
19301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19303 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19304 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19305 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19306 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19307 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19308 closes it.
19310 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19311 make it unique.
19312 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19313 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19314 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19315 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19316 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19317 a port number to connect to.
19319 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19320 values:
19322 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19323 nil or `network'
19324 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19325 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19326 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19327 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19328 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19329 an unencrypted connection.
19330 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19331 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19332 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19333 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19334 returned object is a killed process.
19335 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19336 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19337 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19339 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19340 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19341 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19342 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19343 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19344 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19345 or nil if none could be found.
19346 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19347 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19349 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19351 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19352 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19353 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19355 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19356 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19357 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19359 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19360 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19361 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19363 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19364 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19365 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19366 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19368 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19369 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19371 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19372 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19373 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19374 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19375 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19376 or STARTTLS connections.
19378 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19379 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19381 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19382 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19384 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19385 a greeting from the server.
19387 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19388 asynchronously, if possible.
19390 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19392 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19394 ;;;***
19396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22180
19397 ;;;;;; 39318 410077 489000))
19398 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19400 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19401 Check whether newsticker is running.
19402 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19403 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19405 \(fn)" nil nil)
19407 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19408 Start the newsticker.
19409 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19410 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19411 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19412 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19414 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19416 ;;;***
19418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19419 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 410077 489000))
19420 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19422 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19423 Start newsticker plainview.
19425 \(fn)" t nil)
19427 ;;;***
19429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22180
19430 ;;;;;; 39318 410077 489000))
19431 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19433 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19434 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19436 \(fn)" t nil)
19438 ;;;***
19440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22180
19441 ;;;;;; 39318 410077 489000))
19442 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19444 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19445 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19446 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19447 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19448 empty.
19450 \(fn)" nil nil)
19452 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19453 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19454 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19455 running already.
19457 \(fn)" t nil)
19459 ;;;***
19461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22180
19462 ;;;;;; 39318 411077 484000))
19463 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19465 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19466 Start newsticker treeview.
19468 \(fn)" t nil)
19470 ;;;***
19472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22180 39318 349077
19473 ;;;;;; 770000))
19474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19476 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19477 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19479 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19481 ;;;***
19483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22180 39318 350077
19484 ;;;;;; 765000))
19485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19487 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19488 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19489 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19490 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19491 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19492 symbol in the alist.
19494 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19496 ;;;***
19498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22180 39318
19499 ;;;;;; 350077 765000))
19500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19502 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19503 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19504 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19506 \(fn)" t nil)
19508 ;;;***
19510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22180 39318 352077 756000))
19511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19513 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19514 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19516 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19518 ;;;***
19520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22180 39318 422077 434000))
19521 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19523 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19525 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19526 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19527 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19529 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19532 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19534 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19535 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19536 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19537 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19538 to future sessions.
19540 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19542 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19543 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19544 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19545 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19546 future sessions.
19548 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19550 ;;;***
19552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22180
19553 ;;;;;; 39318 532076 928000))
19554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19556 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19557 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19558 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19559 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19560 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19561 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19563 \(fn)" t nil)
19565 ;;;***
19567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22180 39318 411077 484000))
19568 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19569 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19571 ;;;***
19573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22180 39318
19574 ;;;;;; 422077 434000))
19575 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19577 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19578 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19579 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19580 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19582 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19584 ;;;***
19586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22180 39318
19587 ;;;;;; 422077 434000))
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19590 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19591 Major mode for editing XML.
19593 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19594 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19595 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19596 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19597 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19598 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19599 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19601 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19603 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19604 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19606 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19607 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19608 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19609 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19610 instead of C-c.
19612 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19613 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19614 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19615 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19616 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19617 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19619 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19620 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19621 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19623 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19624 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19625 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19627 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19628 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19629 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19630 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19631 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19632 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19633 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19634 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19635 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19637 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19639 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19640 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19642 \(fn)" t nil)
19643 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19645 ;;;***
19647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22180 39318
19648 ;;;;;; 423077 429000))
19649 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19651 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19652 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19653 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19654 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19656 \(fn)" t nil)
19658 ;;;***
19660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22180 39318
19661 ;;;;;; 497077 89000))
19662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19664 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19665 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19667 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19668 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19669 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19670 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19672 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19674 Key bindings:
19675 \\{octave-mode-map}
19677 \(fn)" t nil)
19679 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19680 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19681 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19683 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19685 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19686 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19688 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19689 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19690 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19694 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19696 ;;;***
19698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22180 39318
19699 ;;;;;; 497077 89000))
19700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19702 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19704 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19705 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19706 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19707 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19708 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19710 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19712 Customization:
19714 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19715 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19716 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19717 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19718 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19719 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19720 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19721 Directories to search when finding external units.
19722 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19723 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19725 Coloring:
19727 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19728 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19730 \(fn)" t nil)
19732 ;;;***
19734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22183 58408 693001 832000))
19735 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19737 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19738 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19740 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19742 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19743 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19744 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19745 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19746 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19747 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19749 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19751 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19752 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19753 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19754 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19755 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19757 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19759 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19760 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19762 \(fn)" nil nil)
19764 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19765 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19767 \(fn)" nil nil)
19769 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19770 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19771 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19773 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19774 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19775 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19776 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19777 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19778 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19779 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19780 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19781 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19782 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19784 The following commands are available:
19786 \\{org-mode-map}
19788 \(fn)" t nil)
19790 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19791 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19793 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19794 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19795 in special contexts.
19797 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19798 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19799 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19800 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19801 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19802 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19803 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19804 properties in the buffer.
19805 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19806 including any drawers.
19808 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19810 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19811 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19812 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19813 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19814 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19815 and zoom in further.
19816 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19817 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19819 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19820 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19821 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19822 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19823 times right after creating a new headline.
19825 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19826 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19827 is negative, go up that many levels.
19829 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19830 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19831 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19833 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19834 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19835 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19836 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19840 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19841 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19842 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19843 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19846 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19848 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19849 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19850 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19851 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19852 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19853 defined by Org-mode).
19855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19857 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19858 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19860 \(fn)" nil nil)
19862 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19863 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19865 \(fn)" nil nil)
19867 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19868 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19869 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19870 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19871 call CMD.
19873 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19875 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19876 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19877 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19878 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19880 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19881 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19882 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19884 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19885 part of Org's core.
19887 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19888 active region.
19890 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19892 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19893 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19894 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19896 \(fn)" t nil)
19898 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19899 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19900 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19901 Org-mode syntax.
19903 \(fn)" t nil)
19905 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19906 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19908 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19910 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19911 Switch between Org buffers.
19912 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19913 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19915 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19916 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19920 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19922 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19924 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19925 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19926 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19927 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19929 \(fn)" t nil)
19931 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19932 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19934 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19936 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19937 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19938 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19940 \(fn)" t nil)
19942 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19943 Reload all org lisp files.
19944 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19946 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19948 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19949 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19951 \(fn)" t nil)
19953 ;;;***
19955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22180 39318
19956 ;;;;;; 445077 328000))
19957 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19959 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19960 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19964 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19965 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19966 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19967 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19969 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19970 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19971 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19972 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19973 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19974 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19975 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19976 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19977 e Export views to associated files.
19978 s Search entries for keywords.
19979 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19980 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19981 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19982 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19983 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19984 > Remove a previous restriction.
19985 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19986 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19987 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19989 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19990 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19991 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19993 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19994 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19995 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19996 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19997 \(if active).
19999 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20001 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20002 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20003 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20004 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20005 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20006 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20007 before running the agenda command.
20009 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20011 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20012 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20013 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20014 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20015 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20016 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20017 before running the agenda command.
20019 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20020 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20022 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20024 category The category of the item
20025 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20026 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20027 todo selected in TODO match
20028 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20029 diary imported from diary
20030 deadline a deadline on given date
20031 scheduled scheduled on given date
20032 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20033 closed entry was closed on given date
20034 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20035 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20036 block entry has date block including g. date
20037 todo The todo keyword, if any
20038 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20039 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20040 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20041 extra Sting with extra planning info
20042 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20043 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20044 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20046 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20048 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20049 Store agenda views.
20051 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20053 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20054 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20056 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20058 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20059 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20060 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20061 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20063 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20064 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20065 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20067 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20068 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20070 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20071 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20073 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20075 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20076 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20078 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20079 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20080 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20081 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20082 EDIT-AT.
20084 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20085 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20086 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20087 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20088 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20089 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20091 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20092 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20093 including newlines.
20095 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20096 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20097 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20098 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20099 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20100 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20101 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20103 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20104 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20105 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20106 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20108 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20109 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20110 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20111 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20112 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20113 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20114 Boolean search must match as full words.
20116 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20117 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20119 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20121 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20122 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20123 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20124 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20125 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20126 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20130 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20131 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20132 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20134 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20136 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20137 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20138 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20139 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20140 `org-stuck-projects'.
20142 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20144 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20145 Return diary information from org files.
20146 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20147 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20148 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20149 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20150 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20152 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20154 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20156 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20157 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20159 &%%(org-diary)
20161 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20162 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20163 So the example above may also be written as
20165 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20167 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20168 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20169 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20171 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20173 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20174 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20176 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20178 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20179 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20180 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20181 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20182 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20184 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20187 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20188 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20190 \(fn)" t nil)
20192 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20193 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20194 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20195 appointments.
20197 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20198 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20200 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20201 for filtering entries out.
20203 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20204 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20205 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20207 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20208 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20210 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20211 (category \"Work\"))
20213 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20214 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20216 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20217 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20218 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20219 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20220 details and examples.
20222 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20223 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20225 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20227 ;;;***
20229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22180 39318
20230 ;;;;;; 447077 319000))
20231 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20233 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20234 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20236 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20238 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20239 Capture something.
20240 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20241 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20242 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20243 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20244 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20245 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20247 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20248 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20249 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20250 stored.
20252 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20254 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20255 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20256 will be bypassed.
20258 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20259 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20260 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20261 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20263 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20265 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20266 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20268 \(fn)" t nil)
20270 ;;;***
20272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22180 39318
20273 ;;;;;; 447077 319000))
20274 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20276 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20277 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20279 \(fn)" t nil)
20281 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20284 \(fn)" nil nil)
20286 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20287 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20288 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20290 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20292 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20293 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20295 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20297 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20298 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20300 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20302 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20303 Write the column view table.
20304 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20306 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20307 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20308 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20309 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20310 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20311 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20312 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20313 using `org-id-find'.
20314 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20315 a hline before each level <= that number.
20316 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20317 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20318 :skip-empty-rows
20319 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20320 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20322 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20324 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20325 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20327 \(fn)" t nil)
20329 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20330 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20332 \(fn)" t nil)
20334 ;;;***
20336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22180 39318
20337 ;;;;;; 448077 314000))
20338 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20340 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20341 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20343 \(fn)" nil t)
20345 ;;;***
20347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22180 39318 451077
20348 ;;;;;; 300000))
20349 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20351 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20352 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20354 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20356 ;;;***
20358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21887 52709
20359 ;;;;;; 904061 417000))
20360 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20362 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20363 The release version of org-mode.
20364 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20366 \(fn)" nil nil)
20368 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20369 The Git version of org-mode.
20370 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20372 \(fn)" nil nil)
20374 ;;;***
20376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22180 39318 462077
20377 ;;;;;; 250000))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20379 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20380 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20382 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20383 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20384 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20385 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20387 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20388 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20389 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20390 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20392 \\{outline-mode-map}
20393 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20394 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20395 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20396 are used when point is on a heading line.
20398 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20399 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20400 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20402 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20403 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20405 \(fn)" t nil)
20407 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20408 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20409 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20410 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20411 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20413 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20416 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20418 ;;;***
20420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22188 33909
20421 ;;;;;; 808230 168000))
20422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20423 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20425 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20426 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20427 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20428 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20429 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20431 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20432 activate the package system at any time.")
20434 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20436 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20437 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20438 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20439 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20440 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20441 it to the file.
20442 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20443 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20444 loading packages twice.
20446 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20448 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20449 Import keys from FILE.
20451 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20453 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20454 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20455 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20456 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20457 and make them available for download.
20458 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20459 downloads in the background.
20461 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20463 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20464 Install the package PKG.
20465 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20466 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20468 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20469 `package-selected-packages'.
20471 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20472 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20474 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20476 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20477 Install a package from the current buffer.
20478 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20479 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20480 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20482 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20483 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20484 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20486 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20488 \(fn)" t nil)
20490 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20491 Install a package from a file.
20492 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20493 directory.
20495 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20497 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20498 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20499 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20501 \(fn)" t nil)
20503 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20504 Reinstall package PKG.
20505 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20506 object.
20508 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20510 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20511 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20513 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20514 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20515 will be deleted.
20517 \(fn)" t nil)
20519 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20520 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20522 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20524 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20525 Display a list of packages.
20526 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20527 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20528 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20530 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20532 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20534 ;;;***
20536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22180 39318 463077 245000))
20537 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20539 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20540 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20541 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20544 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20546 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20548 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20549 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20554 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20555 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20556 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20560 ;;;***
20562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22180
20563 ;;;;;; 39318 245078 248000))
20564 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20565 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20567 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20568 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20569 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20570 unknown are returned as nil.
20572 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20574 ;;;***
20576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22180 39318
20577 ;;;;;; 498077 84000))
20578 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20580 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20581 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20582 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20584 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20585 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20587 Other useful functions are:
20589 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20590 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20591 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20592 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20593 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20594 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20595 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20596 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20597 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20599 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20601 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20602 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20603 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20604 Indentation for case statements.
20605 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20606 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20607 mark after an end.
20608 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20609 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20610 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20611 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20612 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20613 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20614 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20615 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20616 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20617 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20619 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20620 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20622 \(fn)" t nil)
20624 ;;;***
20626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22180
20627 ;;;;;; 39318 463077 245000))
20628 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20630 (defvar password-cache t "\
20631 Whether to cache passwords.")
20633 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20635 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20636 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20637 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20639 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20641 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20642 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20644 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20646 ;;;***
20648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22183 58408
20649 ;;;;;; 668002 30000))
20650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20652 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20653 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20654 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20656 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20657 of values. For example, the pattern `(,foo ,bar) matches any
20658 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20659 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20661 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20662 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20663 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20665 Another difference is that pattern elements may be backquoted,
20666 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20667 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20668 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20669 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20670 quoted).
20672 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20673 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20674 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20675 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20677 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20679 _ matches anything.
20680 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20681 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20682 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20683 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20684 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20685 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20686 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20687 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20688 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20689 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20690 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20691 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20693 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20695 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20696 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20697 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20698 which is the value being matched.
20699 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20700 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20702 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20703 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20705 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20707 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20709 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20710 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20712 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20714 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20716 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20717 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20718 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20719 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20720 variable name being but a special case of it).
20722 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20724 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20726 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20728 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20729 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20730 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20731 of the form (PAT EXP).
20733 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20735 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20737 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20738 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20739 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20740 of the form (PAT EXP).
20741 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20742 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20743 any kind of error.
20745 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20747 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20749 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20752 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20754 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20756 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20757 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20758 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20759 to this macro.
20761 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20763 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20765 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20767 ;;;***
20769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22180 39318 463077
20770 ;;;;;; 245000))
20771 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20773 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20774 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20776 \(fn)" nil nil)
20778 ;;;***
20780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22180 39318 463077
20781 ;;;;;; 245000))
20782 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20784 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20785 Completion for `gzip'.
20787 \(fn)" nil nil)
20789 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20790 Completion for `bzip2'.
20792 \(fn)" nil nil)
20794 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20795 Completion for GNU `make'.
20797 \(fn)" nil nil)
20799 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20800 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20802 \(fn)" nil nil)
20804 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20806 ;;;***
20808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22180 39318
20809 ;;;;;; 463077 245000))
20810 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20812 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20813 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20815 \(fn)" nil nil)
20817 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20818 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20820 \(fn)" nil nil)
20822 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20823 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20825 \(fn)" nil nil)
20827 ;;;***
20829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22180 39318 463077
20830 ;;;;;; 245000))
20831 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20833 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20834 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20836 \(fn)" nil nil)
20838 ;;;***
20840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22180 39318 463077
20841 ;;;;;; 245000))
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20845 Completion for `cd'.
20847 \(fn)" nil nil)
20849 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20851 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20852 Completion for `rmdir'.
20854 \(fn)" nil nil)
20856 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20857 Completion for `rm'.
20859 \(fn)" nil nil)
20861 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20862 Completion for `xargs'.
20864 \(fn)" nil nil)
20866 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20868 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20869 Completion for `which'.
20871 \(fn)" nil nil)
20873 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20874 Completion for the `chown' command.
20876 \(fn)" nil nil)
20878 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20879 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20881 \(fn)" nil nil)
20883 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20884 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20886 \(fn)" nil nil)
20888 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20889 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20890 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20892 \(fn)" nil nil)
20894 ;;;***
20896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22180 39318 463077
20897 ;;;;;; 245000))
20898 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20900 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20901 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20903 \(fn)" nil nil)
20905 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20906 Completion for the `ack' command.
20907 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20908 long options.
20910 \(fn)" nil nil)
20912 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20914 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20915 Completion for the `ag' command.
20917 \(fn)" nil nil)
20919 ;;;***
20921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22180 39318 463077
20922 ;;;;;; 245000))
20923 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20925 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20926 Support extensible programmable completion.
20927 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20928 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20930 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20932 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20933 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20935 \(fn)" t nil)
20937 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20938 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20939 This will modify the current buffer.
20941 \(fn)" t nil)
20943 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20944 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20946 \(fn)" t nil)
20948 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20949 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20950 This will modify the current buffer.
20952 \(fn)" t nil)
20954 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20955 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20957 \(fn)" t nil)
20959 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20960 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20962 \(fn)" t nil)
20964 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20965 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20966 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20967 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20968 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20970 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20972 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20973 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20975 \(fn)" nil nil)
20977 ;;;***
20979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22183 58408 707001 720000))
20980 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20982 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20983 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20984 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20985 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20987 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20989 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20991 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20992 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20993 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20994 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20995 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20996 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20997 FLAGS is ignored.
20999 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21001 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21002 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21003 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21004 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21005 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21006 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21007 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21008 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21010 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21012 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21013 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21014 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21015 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21016 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21017 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21018 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21019 passed to cvs.
21021 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21023 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21024 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21025 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21026 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21027 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21028 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21029 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21031 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21033 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21034 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21035 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21037 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21039 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21040 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21041 A value of nil means never do it.
21042 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21043 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21044 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21046 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21048 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21049 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21050 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21052 ;;;***
21054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22180 39318
21055 ;;;;;; 552076 836000))
21056 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21058 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21059 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21061 ;;;***
21063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22180
21064 ;;;;;; 39318 498077 84000))
21065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21066 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21067 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21068 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21069 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21070 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21071 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21073 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21074 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21075 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21076 Tab indents for Perl code.
21077 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21078 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21079 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21080 \\{perl-mode-map}
21081 Variables controlling indentation style:
21082 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21083 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21084 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21085 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21086 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21087 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21088 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21089 `perl-nochange'
21090 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21091 `perl-indent-level'
21092 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21093 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21094 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21095 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21096 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21097 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21098 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21099 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21100 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21101 `perl-brace-offset'
21102 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21103 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21104 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21105 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21106 `perl-label-offset'
21107 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21108 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21109 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21111 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21112 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21113 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21114 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21115 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21116 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21117 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21119 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21121 \(fn)" t nil)
21123 ;;;***
21125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22180 39318
21126 ;;;;;; 532076 928000))
21127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21129 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21130 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21131 \\<picture-mode-map>
21132 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21133 afterwards settable by these commands:
21135 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21136 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21137 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21138 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21140 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21141 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21142 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21143 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21145 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21146 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21147 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21148 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21150 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21151 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21152 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21153 with these commands:
21155 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21156 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21157 Move to column following last
21158 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21159 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21160 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21161 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21162 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21163 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21165 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21167 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21168 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21169 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21170 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21171 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21172 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21174 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21175 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21176 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21177 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21178 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21179 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21180 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21182 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21183 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21184 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21185 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21186 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21187 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21188 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21189 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21191 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21192 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21193 by supplying an argument.
21195 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21197 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21198 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21200 \(fn)" t nil)
21202 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21204 ;;;***
21206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22180 39318 411077
21207 ;;;;;; 484000))
21208 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21209 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21211 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21212 Start a Pinentry service.
21214 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21215 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21217 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21218 will not be shown.
21220 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21222 ;;;***
21224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22180 39318 353077
21225 ;;;;;; 751000))
21226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21228 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21229 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21231 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21233 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21234 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21236 \(fn)" t nil)
21238 ;;;***
21240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22180 39318 533076
21241 ;;;;;; 923000))
21242 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21244 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21245 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21246 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21248 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21250 ;;;***
21252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22180 39318 467077 227000))
21253 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21255 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21256 Play pong and waste time.
21257 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21258 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21260 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21262 \\{pong-mode-map}
21264 \(fn)" t nil)
21266 ;;;***
21268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22180 39318 354077 747000))
21269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21271 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21272 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21273 Use streaming commands.
21275 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21277 ;;;***
21279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22180 39318 292078
21280 ;;;;;; 32000))
21281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21283 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21284 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21285 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21286 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21288 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21290 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21291 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21293 \(fn)" nil nil)
21295 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21296 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21297 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21298 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21299 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21301 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21303 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21304 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21305 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21307 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21310 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21312 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21314 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21315 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21316 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21317 Ignores leading comment characters.
21319 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21321 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21322 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21323 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21324 Ignores leading comment characters.
21326 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21328 ;;;***
21330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22180 39318 468077
21331 ;;;;;; 222000))
21332 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21333 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21335 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21336 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21338 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21340 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21342 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21345 Preview directory using ghostview.
21347 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21348 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21349 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21350 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21352 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21353 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21354 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21355 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21356 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21357 file name.
21359 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21361 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21364 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21366 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21367 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21368 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21369 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21371 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21372 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21373 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21374 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21375 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21376 file name.
21378 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21380 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21382 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21383 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21385 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21386 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21387 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21388 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21390 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21391 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21392 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21393 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21394 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21395 file name.
21397 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21399 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21401 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21402 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21404 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21406 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21407 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21408 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21409 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21411 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21412 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21413 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21414 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21415 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21416 file name.
21418 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21420 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21422 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21423 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21425 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21426 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21427 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21429 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21430 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21431 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21432 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21434 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21436 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21437 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21439 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21440 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21441 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21443 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21444 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21445 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21446 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21448 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21450 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21451 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21453 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21454 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21455 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21457 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21458 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21459 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21460 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21462 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21464 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21465 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21467 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21469 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21470 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21471 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21473 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21474 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21475 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21476 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21478 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21480 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21481 Preview region using ghostview.
21483 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21485 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21487 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21488 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21490 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21492 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21494 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21495 Print region using PostScript printer.
21497 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21499 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21501 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21502 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21504 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21506 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21508 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21509 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21511 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21513 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21515 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21516 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21518 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21520 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21522 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21523 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21525 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21527 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21529 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21530 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21532 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21534 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21536 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21537 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21538 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21539 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21541 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21542 matching.
21544 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21545 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21547 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21549 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21551 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21552 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21553 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21554 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21556 \(fn)" t nil)
21558 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21559 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21560 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21561 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21563 \(fn)" t nil)
21565 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21566 Print directory using text printer.
21568 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21569 matching.
21571 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21572 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21574 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21576 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21578 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21579 Print buffer using text printer.
21581 \(fn)" t nil)
21583 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21584 Print region using text printer.
21586 \(fn)" t nil)
21588 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21589 Print major mode using text printer.
21591 \(fn)" t nil)
21593 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21594 Preview spooled PostScript.
21596 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21597 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21598 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21600 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21601 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21602 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21604 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21606 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21607 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21609 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21610 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21611 instead of sending it to the printer.
21613 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21614 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21615 image in a file with that name.
21617 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21619 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21620 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21622 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21623 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21624 instead of sending it to the printer.
21626 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21627 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21628 image in a file with that name.
21630 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21632 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21633 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21635 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21636 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21637 instead of sending it to the printer.
21639 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21640 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21641 image in a file with that name.
21643 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21645 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21646 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21648 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21650 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21651 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21653 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21655 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21656 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21658 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21660 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21661 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21663 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21665 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21666 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21668 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21670 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21671 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21673 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21674 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21675 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21676 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21678 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21679 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21680 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21681 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21682 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21683 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21684 file name.
21686 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21688 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21689 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21691 \(fn)" t nil)
21693 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21694 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21696 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21697 right.
21698 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21699 bottom.
21701 \(fn)" t nil)
21703 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21704 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21706 \(fn)" t nil)
21708 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21709 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21711 \(fn)" t nil)
21713 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21714 Toggle printing with faces.
21716 \(fn)" t nil)
21718 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21719 Toggle spooling.
21721 \(fn)" t nil)
21723 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21724 Toggle duplex.
21726 \(fn)" t nil)
21728 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21729 Toggle tumble.
21731 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21732 right.
21733 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21734 bottom.
21736 \(fn)" t nil)
21738 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21739 Toggle landscape.
21741 \(fn)" t nil)
21743 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21744 Toggle upside-down.
21746 \(fn)" t nil)
21748 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21749 Toggle line number.
21751 \(fn)" t nil)
21753 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21754 Toggle zebra stripes.
21756 \(fn)" t nil)
21758 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21759 Toggle printing header.
21761 \(fn)" t nil)
21763 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21764 Toggle printing header frame.
21766 \(fn)" t nil)
21768 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21769 Toggle menu lock.
21771 \(fn)" t nil)
21773 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21774 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21776 \(fn)" t nil)
21778 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21779 Toggle auto mode.
21781 \(fn)" t nil)
21783 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21784 Customization of the `printing' group.
21786 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21789 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21791 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21793 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21794 Help for the printing package.
21796 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21798 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21799 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21801 \(fn)" t nil)
21803 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21804 Interactively select a text printer.
21806 \(fn)" t nil)
21808 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21809 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21811 \(fn)" t nil)
21813 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21814 Show current ps-print settings.
21816 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21818 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21819 Show current printing settings.
21821 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21823 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21824 Show current lpr settings.
21826 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21828 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21829 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21831 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21832 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21833 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21834 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21837 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21839 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21840 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21841 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21843 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21844 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21845 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21846 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21847 current active printer.
21849 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21850 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21851 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21852 printer.
21854 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21855 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21856 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21857 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21858 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21861 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21862 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21864 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21866 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21867 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21868 be done using the new current active printer.
21870 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21871 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21872 printer.
21874 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21875 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21876 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21877 instead of sending it to the printer.
21879 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21880 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21881 printer.
21883 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21886 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21887 are both set to t.
21889 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21891 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21892 Fast fire function for text printing.
21894 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21895 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21896 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21897 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21899 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21900 user for a new active text printer.
21902 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21904 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21906 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21907 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21908 printer.
21910 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21912 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21913 are both set to t.
21915 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21917 ;;;***
21919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22180 39318 469077 218000))
21920 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21922 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21923 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21924 \\<proced-mode-map>
21925 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21926 the process information.
21928 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21930 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21931 Proced buffers.
21933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21935 ;;;***
21937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22180 39318 469077
21938 ;;;;;; 218000))
21939 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21941 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21942 Start/restart profilers.
21943 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21944 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21945 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21947 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21949 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21950 Open profile FILENAME.
21952 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21954 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21955 Open profile FILENAME.
21957 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21959 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21960 Open profile FILENAME.
21962 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21964 ;;;***
21966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22188 33909
21967 ;;;;;; 812230 144000))
21968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21970 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21971 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21972 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
21973 the user for a different directory to look in.
21975 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
21977 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
21978 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
21979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
21980 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
21982 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21984 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
21985 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
21986 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
21987 pattern to search for.
21989 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21991 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
21992 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
21993 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
21994 recognized.
21996 \(fn)" t nil)
21998 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
21999 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22000 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22001 recognized.
22003 \(fn)" t nil)
22005 ;;;***
22007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22188 33909
22008 ;;;;;; 813230 138000))
22009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22011 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22012 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22014 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22015 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22017 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22019 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22020 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22022 Commands:
22023 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22025 \(fn)" t nil)
22027 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22028 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22029 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22031 \(fn)" t nil)
22033 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22034 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22035 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22037 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22039 ;;;***
22041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22180 39318 513077 15000))
22042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22044 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22045 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22046 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22048 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22050 ;;;***
22052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22180 39318
22053 ;;;;;; 500077 75000))
22054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22055 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22057 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22058 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22060 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22062 The following variables hold user options, and can
22063 be set through the `customize' command:
22065 `ps-mode-tab'
22066 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22067 `ps-mode-print-function'
22068 `ps-run-prompt'
22069 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22070 `ps-run-x'
22071 `ps-run-dumb'
22072 `ps-run-init'
22073 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22074 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22076 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22079 \\{ps-mode-map}
22082 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22083 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22084 The keymap for this second window is:
22086 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22089 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22090 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22091 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22092 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22093 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22095 \(fn)" t nil)
22097 ;;;***
22099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22180 39318 514077
22100 ;;;;;; 11000))
22101 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22102 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22104 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22105 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22106 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22108 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22110 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22111 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22112 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22113 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22115 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22117 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22118 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22120 Valid values are:
22122 nil Do not print colors.
22124 t Print colors.
22126 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22127 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22129 Any other value is treated as t.")
22131 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22133 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22134 Customization of ps-print group.
22136 \(fn)" t nil)
22138 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22139 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22141 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22142 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22143 sending it to the printer.
22145 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22146 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22147 image in a file with that name.
22149 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22151 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22152 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22153 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22154 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22155 so it has a way to determine color values.
22157 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22159 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22160 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22161 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22163 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22165 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22166 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22167 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22168 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22169 so it has a way to determine color values.
22171 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22173 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22174 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22175 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22176 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22178 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22180 \(fn)" t nil)
22182 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22183 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22184 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22185 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22186 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22188 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22190 \(fn)" t nil)
22192 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22193 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22194 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22196 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22198 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22200 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22201 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22202 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22203 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22204 so it has a way to determine color values.
22206 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22208 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22210 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22211 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22213 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22214 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22215 instead of sending it to the printer.
22217 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22218 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22219 image in a file with that name.
22221 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22223 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22224 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22225 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22226 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22227 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22229 \(fn)" t nil)
22231 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22232 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22233 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22235 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22237 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22238 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22239 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22241 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22243 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22244 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22246 \(fn)" nil nil)
22248 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22249 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22251 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22252 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22254 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22255 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22257 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22259 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22261 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22263 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22264 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22266 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22267 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22269 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22270 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22272 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22274 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22276 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22278 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22279 foreground and background colors respectively.
22281 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22282 bold - use bold font.
22283 italic - use italic font.
22284 underline - put a line under text.
22285 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22286 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22287 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22288 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22289 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22291 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22293 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22295 ;;;***
22297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22180 39318 252078
22298 ;;;;;; 216000))
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22300 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22302 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22303 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22304 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22306 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22308 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22309 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22310 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22312 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22314 ;;;***
22316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22183 58408
22317 ;;;;;; 699001 784000))
22318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22319 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22321 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22323 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22325 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22326 Run an inferior Python process.
22328 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22329 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22330 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22331 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22332 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22334 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22335 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22336 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22337 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22339 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22340 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22341 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22343 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22345 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22346 Major mode for editing Python files.
22348 \\{python-mode-map}
22350 \(fn)" t nil)
22352 ;;;***
22354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22180 39318 354077 747000))
22355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22357 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22358 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22359 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22360 coding-system.
22362 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22363 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22365 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22366 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22367 them into characters should be done separately.
22369 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22371 ;;;***
22373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22180 39318
22374 ;;;;;; 368077 682000))
22375 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22377 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22378 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22380 \(fn)" nil nil)
22382 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22383 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22384 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22386 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22387 `quail-activate', which see.
22389 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22391 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22392 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22393 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22394 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22395 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22396 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22397 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22399 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22400 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22401 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22402 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22403 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22404 shown.
22405 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22407 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22408 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22409 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22410 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22411 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22412 list of candidates.
22414 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22415 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22416 command to be called.
22418 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22419 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22420 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22421 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22423 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22424 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22425 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22426 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22427 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22428 to t.
22430 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22431 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22432 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22433 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22435 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22436 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22437 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22438 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22439 defines no translations for single character keys.
22441 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22442 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22443 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22444 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22445 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22446 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22448 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22449 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22450 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22451 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22452 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22453 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22455 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22456 covers Quail translation region.
22458 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22459 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22460 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22461 for it) is inserted.
22463 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22464 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22465 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22467 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22468 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22469 non-Quail commands.
22471 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22473 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22474 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22476 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22477 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22478 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22479 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22480 you type is correctly handled.
22482 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22484 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22485 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22487 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22488 keyboard type.
22490 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22492 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22493 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22494 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22495 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22496 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22497 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22498 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22499 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22500 for the translation.
22501 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22503 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22504 it is used to handle KEY.
22506 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22507 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22508 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22509 the following annotation types are supported.
22511 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22512 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22514 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22515 candidate list.
22517 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22518 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22519 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22520 inserted.
22522 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22523 generated for the following translations.
22525 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22527 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22528 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22530 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22531 which to install MAP.
22533 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22535 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22537 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22538 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22540 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22541 which to install MAP.
22543 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22545 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22547 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22548 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22549 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22550 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22551 a function, or a cons.
22552 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22553 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22554 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22555 for the translation.
22556 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22557 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22558 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22559 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22560 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22562 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22563 it is used to handle KEY.
22565 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22566 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22567 current Quail package.
22569 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22570 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22572 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22574 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22575 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22577 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22578 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22580 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22582 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22583 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22585 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22587 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22588 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22589 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22590 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22591 of the Emacs source tree.
22593 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22594 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22596 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22597 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22598 of each directory.
22600 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22602 ;;;***
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22180
22605 ;;;;;; 39318 382077 618000))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22608 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22609 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22610 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22611 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22613 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22615 ;;;***
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22618 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 385077 604000))
22619 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22621 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22622 Activate UCS input method.
22623 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22625 While this input method is active, the variable
22626 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22628 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22630 ;;;***
22632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22180 39318 412077
22633 ;;;;;; 480000))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22636 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22637 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22638 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22639 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22641 To make use of this do something like:
22643 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22645 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22647 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22648 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22650 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22651 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22652 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22654 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22656 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22657 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22659 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22661 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22662 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22664 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22665 is decided.
22667 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22669 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22670 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22672 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22673 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22674 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22676 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22678 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22679 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22681 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22683 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22684 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22686 \(fn)" t nil)
22688 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22689 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22691 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22693 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22695 \(fn)" t nil)
22697 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22698 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22700 \(fn)" t nil)
22702 ;;;***
22704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22180 39318 413077
22705 ;;;;;; 475000))
22706 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22708 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22709 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22711 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22713 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22715 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22717 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22719 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22722 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22724 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22725 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22726 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22728 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22729 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22731 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22733 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22734 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22735 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22736 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22737 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22741 ;;;***
22743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22180
22744 ;;;;;; 39318 292078 32000))
22745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22747 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22749 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22750 Construct a regexp interactively.
22751 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22752 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22753 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22755 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22756 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22758 \(fn)" t nil)
22760 ;;;***
22762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22180 39318 515077
22763 ;;;;;; 6000))
22764 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22766 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22767 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22768 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22769 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22770 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22771 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22773 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22775 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22776 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22777 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22778 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22779 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22781 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22782 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22783 were operated on recently.
22785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22787 ;;;***
22789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22180 39318 515077 6000))
22790 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22792 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22793 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22794 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22795 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22796 ends.
22798 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22799 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22800 to be deleted.
22802 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22804 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22805 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22806 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22808 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22809 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22810 deleted.
22812 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22814 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22815 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22816 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22818 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22820 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22821 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22823 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22824 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22826 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22827 deleted.
22829 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22830 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22831 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22832 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22833 even beep.)
22835 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22837 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22838 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22840 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22842 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22843 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22845 \(fn)" t nil)
22847 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22848 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22849 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22850 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22851 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22852 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22853 and point is at the lower right corner.
22855 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22857 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22858 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22860 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22861 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22863 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22864 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22865 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22867 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22869 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22871 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22872 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22873 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22874 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22875 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22877 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22878 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22880 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22882 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22883 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22884 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22886 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22888 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22890 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22892 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22893 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22895 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22896 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22897 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22899 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22901 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22902 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22903 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22905 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22906 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22907 rectangle which were empty.
22909 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22911 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22912 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22914 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22915 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22916 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22917 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22919 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22921 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22922 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22923 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22927 ;;;***
22929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22180 39318
22930 ;;;;;; 533076 923000))
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22933 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22934 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22935 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22936 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22937 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22939 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22940 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22941 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22942 auto-filling.
22944 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22948 ;;;***
22950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22180 39318
22951 ;;;;;; 536076 909000))
22952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22953 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22954 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22955 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22956 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22958 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22959 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22961 \(fn)" nil nil)
22963 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22964 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22966 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22967 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22969 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22970 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22971 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22972 \\ref macro.
22974 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22975 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22976 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22978 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22979 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22980 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22982 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22983 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22985 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22986 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22988 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22989 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22990 on the menu bar.
22992 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22996 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22997 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22998 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23000 \(fn)" nil nil)
23002 ;;;***
23004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22183
23005 ;;;;;; 58408 706001 728000))
23006 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23007 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23008 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23009 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23010 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23012 ;;;***
23014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22180
23015 ;;;;;; 39318 292078 32000))
23016 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23018 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23019 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23020 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23021 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23022 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23023 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23025 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23026 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23028 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23029 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23030 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23031 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23033 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23035 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23036 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23037 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23038 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23040 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23042 ;;;***
23044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22180 39318 292078
23045 ;;;;;; 32000))
23046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23047 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23049 ;;;***
23051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22180 39318
23052 ;;;;;; 536076 909000))
23053 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23054 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23056 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23057 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23058 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23059 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23061 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23063 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23065 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23066 Call `remember' in another frame.
23068 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23070 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23071 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23072 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23074 \(fn)" t nil)
23076 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23077 Extract diary entries from the region.
23079 \(fn)" nil nil)
23081 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23082 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23083 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23084 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23086 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23088 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23089 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23090 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23091 minor mode.
23093 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23095 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23096 Return the buffer.
23098 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23099 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23100 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23102 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23104 ;;;***
23106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22180 39318 515077 6000))
23107 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23108 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23110 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23111 Repeat most recently executed command.
23112 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23113 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23114 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23116 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23117 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23118 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23119 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23121 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23122 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23123 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23125 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23127 ;;;***
23129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22180 39318
23130 ;;;;;; 388077 590000))
23131 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23133 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23134 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23136 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23137 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23138 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23139 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23140 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23141 and point is left after the salutation.
23143 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23144 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23145 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23146 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23147 left after that text.
23149 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23150 is non-nil.
23152 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23153 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23154 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23155 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23157 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23159 ;;;***
23161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22180 39318 516077
23162 ;;;;;; 2000))
23163 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23165 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23166 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23167 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23168 visibility of comments that precede it.
23169 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23170 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23171 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23172 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23173 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23174 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23175 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23176 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23177 the comment lines.
23178 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23179 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23180 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23181 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23182 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23186 ;;;***
23188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22180 39318 516077 2000))
23189 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23191 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23192 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23193 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23194 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23195 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23197 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23198 reveals invisible text around point.
23200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23202 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23203 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23204 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23205 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23206 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23207 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23209 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23211 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23212 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23213 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23217 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23221 ;;;***
23223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22180 39318 292078
23224 ;;;;;; 32000))
23225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23227 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23228 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23230 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23232 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23233 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23235 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23237 ;;;***
23239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22180 39318 413077
23240 ;;;;;; 475000))
23241 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23243 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23244 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23245 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23246 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23248 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23250 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23251 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23252 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23253 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23255 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23256 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23258 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23259 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23261 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23262 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23263 INPUT-ARGS.
23265 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23266 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23267 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23268 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23269 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23271 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23272 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23273 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23274 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23276 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23277 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23278 variable.
23280 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23282 ;;;***
23284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22180 39318 389077
23285 ;;;;;; 585000))
23286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23288 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23289 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23291 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23293 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23295 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23296 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23297 Its name should end with a slash.")
23299 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23300 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23302 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23303 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23304 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23306 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23308 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23309 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23310 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23311 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23312 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23313 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23314 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23316 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23317 sent by you under different user names.
23318 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23320 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23322 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23324 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23326 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23327 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23328 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23329 explicitly.")
23331 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23333 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23334 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23335 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23336 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23337 which normally happens once for each message,
23338 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23339 To make a change in this variable take effect
23340 for a message that you have already viewed,
23341 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23343 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23345 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23346 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23347 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23348 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23350 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23352 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23353 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23355 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23357 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23358 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23359 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23361 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23363 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23364 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23365 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23366 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23367 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23368 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23370 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23372 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23373 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23375 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23377 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23378 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23380 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23382 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23383 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23385 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23386 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23388 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23390 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23391 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23393 This is set to nil by default.")
23395 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23396 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23397 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23398 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23399 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23400 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23401 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23403 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23404 Read and edit incoming mail.
23405 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23406 file in RMAIL Mode.
23407 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23409 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23410 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23411 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23412 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23414 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23416 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23418 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23419 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23420 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23421 Instead, these commands are available:
23423 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23424 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23425 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23426 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23427 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23428 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23429 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23430 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23431 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23432 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23433 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23434 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23435 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23436 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23437 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23438 till a deleted message is found.
23439 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23440 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23441 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23442 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23443 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23444 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23445 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23446 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23447 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23448 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23449 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23450 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23451 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23452 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23453 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23454 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23455 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23456 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23457 (label defaults to last one specified).
23458 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23459 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23460 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23461 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23462 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23463 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23464 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23465 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23466 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23468 \(fn)" t nil)
23470 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23471 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23473 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23475 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23476 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23478 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23480 ;;;***
23482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22180 39318
23483 ;;;;;; 390077 581000))
23484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23485 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23487 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23488 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23489 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23490 case it writes Babyl.
23492 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23493 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23494 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23495 `rmail-default-file'.
23497 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23498 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23499 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23501 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23502 the header display is currently pruned.
23504 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23505 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23506 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23507 messages after output.
23509 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23510 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23511 message (if writing a file directly).
23513 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23514 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23516 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23518 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23519 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23520 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23521 i) the header is output as currently seen
23522 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23523 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23525 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23526 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23527 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23529 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23531 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23532 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23533 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23534 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23535 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23536 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23537 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23539 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23540 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23541 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23543 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23545 ;;;***
23547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22180 39318
23548 ;;;;;; 423077 429000))
23549 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23551 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23552 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23553 Return a pattern.
23555 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23557 ;;;***
23559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22180 39318
23560 ;;;;;; 424077 425000))
23561 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23563 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23564 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23565 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23566 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23568 \(fn)" t nil)
23570 ;;;***
23572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22180 39318
23573 ;;;;;; 425077 420000))
23574 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23576 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23577 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23579 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23580 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23581 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23582 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23583 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23584 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23585 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23586 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23587 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23588 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23590 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23591 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23592 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23593 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23594 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23595 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23596 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23597 to use for finding the schema.
23599 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23601 ;;;***
23603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22180 39318 426077
23604 ;;;;;; 415000))
23605 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23607 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23609 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23610 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23611 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23612 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23613 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23614 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23615 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23616 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23617 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23618 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23619 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23620 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23621 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23622 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23623 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23624 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23625 must be equal.
23627 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23629 ;;;***
23631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22122 65326
23632 ;;;;;; 50715 656000))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23635 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23636 Define a robin package.
23638 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23639 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23640 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23641 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23643 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23644 one replaces the old one.
23646 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23648 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23649 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23651 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23652 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23653 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23655 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23657 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23658 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23660 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23662 ;;;***
23664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22180 39318 516077 2000))
23665 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23667 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23668 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23670 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23672 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23673 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23675 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23677 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23678 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23680 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23682 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23683 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23684 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23686 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23687 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23688 in ROT13.
23690 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23692 \(fn)" t nil)
23694 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23695 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23697 \(fn)" t nil)
23699 ;;;***
23701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22180 39318 537076
23702 ;;;;;; 905000))
23703 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23704 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23706 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23707 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23708 \\<rst-mode-map>
23710 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23711 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23712 highlighting.
23714 \\{rst-mode-map}
23716 \(fn)" t nil)
23718 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23719 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23720 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23721 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23722 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23724 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23725 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23726 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23730 ;;;***
23732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22180
23733 ;;;;;; 39318 502077 66000))
23734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23735 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23737 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23738 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23740 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23742 \(fn)" t nil)
23744 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23746 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23748 ;;;***
23750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22180 39318 517076
23751 ;;;;;; 997000))
23752 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23753 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23755 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23756 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23757 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23759 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23760 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23762 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23763 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23767 ;;;***
23769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22180 39318 292078
23770 ;;;;;; 32000))
23771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23773 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23774 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23775 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23776 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23778 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23780 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23781 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23782 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23784 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23785 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23786 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23788 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23789 notation.
23791 STRING
23792 matches string STRING literally.
23794 CHAR
23795 matches character CHAR literally.
23797 `not-newline', `nonl'
23798 matches any character except a newline.
23800 `anything'
23801 matches any character
23803 `(any SET ...)'
23804 `(in SET ...)'
23805 `(char SET ...)'
23806 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23807 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23808 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23810 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23811 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23812 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23813 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23815 `(not (any SET ...))'
23816 matches any character not in SET ...
23818 `line-start', `bol'
23819 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23820 in the text being matched
23822 `line-end', `eol'
23823 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23825 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23826 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23827 string being matched against.
23829 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23830 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23831 string being matched against.
23833 `buffer-start'
23834 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23835 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23837 `buffer-end'
23838 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23839 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23841 `point'
23842 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23844 `word-start', `bow'
23845 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23847 `word-end', `eow'
23848 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23850 `word-boundary'
23851 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23852 word.
23854 `(not word-boundary)'
23855 `not-word-boundary'
23856 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23857 word.
23859 `symbol-start'
23860 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23862 `symbol-end'
23863 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23865 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23866 matches 0 through 9.
23868 `control', `cntrl'
23869 matches ASCII control characters.
23871 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23872 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23874 `blank'
23875 matches space and tab only.
23877 `graphic', `graph'
23878 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23879 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23880 unassigned by Unicode.
23882 `printing', `print'
23883 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23885 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23886 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23887 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23889 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23890 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23891 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23893 `ascii'
23894 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23896 `nonascii'
23897 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23899 `lower', `lower-case'
23900 matches anything lower-case.
23902 `upper', `upper-case'
23903 matches anything upper-case.
23905 `punctuation', `punct'
23906 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23907 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23909 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23910 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23912 `word', `wordchar'
23913 matches anything that has word syntax.
23915 `not-wordchar'
23916 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23918 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23919 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23920 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23921 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23923 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23924 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23925 `word' (\\sw)
23926 `symbol' (\\s_)
23927 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23928 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23929 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23930 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23931 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23932 `escape' (\\s\\)
23933 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23934 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23935 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23936 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23937 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23939 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23940 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23942 `(category CATEGORY)'
23943 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23944 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23946 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23947 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23948 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23949 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23950 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23951 `symbol' (\\c5)
23952 `digit' (\\c6)
23953 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23954 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23955 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23956 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23957 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23958 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23959 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23960 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23961 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23962 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23963 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23964 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23965 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23966 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23967 `ascii' (\\ca)
23968 `arabic' (\\cb)
23969 `chinese' (\\cc)
23970 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23971 `greek' (\\cg)
23972 `korean' (\\ch)
23973 `indian' (\\ci)
23974 `japanese' (\\cj)
23975 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23976 `latin' (\\cl)
23977 `lao' (\\co)
23978 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23979 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23980 `thai' (\\ct)
23981 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23982 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23983 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23984 `can-break' (\\c|)
23986 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23987 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23989 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23990 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23991 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23992 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23993 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23995 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23996 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23997 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23998 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24000 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24001 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24002 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24003 group number N.
24005 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24006 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24007 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24008 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24009 regular expression.
24011 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24012 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24013 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24014 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24015 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24017 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24018 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24020 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24021 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24023 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24024 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24025 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24027 `(* SEXP ...)'
24028 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24029 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24031 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24032 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24033 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24035 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24036 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24037 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24039 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24040 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24042 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24043 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24045 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24046 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24047 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24048 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24050 `(? SEXP ...)'
24051 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24053 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24054 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24056 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24057 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24058 matches N occurrences.
24060 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24061 matches N or more occurrences.
24063 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24064 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24065 matches N to M occurrences.
24067 `(backref N)'
24068 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24070 `(eval FORM)'
24071 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24072 `regexp-quote' it.
24074 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24075 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24077 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24079 ;;;***
24081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22180 39318
24082 ;;;;;; 413077 475000))
24083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24084 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24086 ;;;***
24088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22180 39318 517076
24089 ;;;;;; 997000))
24090 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24091 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24093 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24094 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24095 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24097 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24098 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24100 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24102 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24103 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24104 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24105 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24106 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24108 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24109 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24110 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24111 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24113 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24114 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24115 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24119 ;;;***
24121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22180 39318 517076
24122 ;;;;;; 997000))
24123 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24125 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24126 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24127 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24130 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24132 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24134 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24135 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24136 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24137 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24141 ;;;***
24143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22180 39318
24144 ;;;;;; 502077 66000))
24145 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24147 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24148 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24149 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24151 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24152 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24153 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24154 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24155 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24156 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24157 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24158 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24160 Commands:
24161 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24162 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24163 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24165 \(fn)" t nil)
24167 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24168 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24169 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24171 Commands:
24172 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24173 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24174 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24175 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24176 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24177 that variable's value is a string.
24179 \(fn)" t nil)
24181 ;;;***
24183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22180 39318
24184 ;;;;;; 354077 747000))
24185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24187 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24188 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24189 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24191 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24193 \(fn)" t nil)
24195 ;;;***
24197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22180 39318 517076
24198 ;;;;;; 997000))
24199 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24201 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24202 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24203 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24206 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24208 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24210 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24211 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24213 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24214 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24216 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24217 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24221 ;;;***
24223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22180 39318
24224 ;;;;;; 517076 997000))
24225 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24227 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24228 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24229 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24230 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24231 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24232 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24233 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24234 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24238 ;;;***
24240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22180 39318 413077
24241 ;;;;;; 475000))
24242 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24243 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24244 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24246 ;;;***
24248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22180 39318
24249 ;;;;;; 253078 211000))
24250 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24251 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24253 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24254 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24255 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24257 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24258 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24259 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24260 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24261 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24262 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24263 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24264 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24265 keybinding for tag names.
24266 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24267 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24268 of the symbol under point.
24269 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24270 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24271 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24272 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24273 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24274 syntax tokens.
24275 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24277 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24279 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24280 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24281 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24283 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24284 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24286 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24288 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24289 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24290 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24291 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24292 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24294 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24295 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24296 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24297 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24298 Semantic mode.
24300 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24304 ;;;***
24306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24307 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 254078 206000))
24308 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24310 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24311 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24313 \(fn)" t nil)
24315 ;;;***
24317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24318 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 267078 147000))
24319 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24321 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24322 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24324 \(fn)" t nil)
24326 ;;;***
24328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22180 39318
24329 ;;;;;; 391077 576000))
24330 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24332 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24333 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24335 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24336 king@grassland.com
24337 If `parens', they look like:
24338 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24339 If `angles', they look like:
24340 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24342 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24343 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24345 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24347 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24348 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24349 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24350 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24352 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24353 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24354 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24355 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24357 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24359 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24360 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24361 This is done when the message is initialized,
24362 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24364 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24366 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24367 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24368 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24370 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24372 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24373 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24374 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24375 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24376 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24377 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24378 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24380 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24382 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24383 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24385 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24387 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24388 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24389 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24390 be a Babyl file.")
24392 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24394 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24395 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24396 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24397 when you first send mail.")
24399 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24401 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24402 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24403 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24404 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24405 This file need not actually exist.")
24407 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24409 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24410 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24412 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24414 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24415 Alist of mail address aliases,
24416 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24417 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24418 can specify a different file name.)
24419 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24420 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24422 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24423 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24424 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24426 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24428 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24429 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24430 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24432 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24434 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24435 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24436 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24437 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24438 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24439 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24440 in the cited portion of the message.
24442 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24443 instead of no action.")
24445 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24447 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24448 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24449 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24450 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24451 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24453 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24455 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24456 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24457 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24458 If a string, that string is inserted.
24459 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24460 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24461 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24462 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24464 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24466 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24467 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24469 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24471 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24472 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24473 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24475 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24476 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24478 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24480 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24481 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24482 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24483 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24485 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24487 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24488 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24489 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24491 \(fn)" nil nil)
24493 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24495 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24498 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24500 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24501 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24502 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24504 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24505 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24507 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24508 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24509 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24510 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24511 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24512 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24513 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24514 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24515 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24516 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24517 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24518 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24519 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24520 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24522 \(fn)" t nil)
24524 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24525 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24526 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24527 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24529 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24531 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24532 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24533 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24534 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24535 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24536 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24538 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24539 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24540 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24542 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24543 User should not set this variable manually,
24544 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24545 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24546 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24548 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24549 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24550 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24551 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24553 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24554 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24556 \\<mail-mode-map>
24557 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24559 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24560 to move to message header fields:
24561 \\{mail-mode-map}
24563 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24564 when the message is initialized.
24566 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24567 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24569 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24570 is inserted.
24572 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24573 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24575 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24576 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24577 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24578 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24579 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24580 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24581 buffer without erasing the contents.
24583 The second through fifth arguments,
24584 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24585 the initial contents of those header fields.
24586 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24587 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24588 original message being replied to, or else an action
24589 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24590 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24591 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24592 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24593 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24594 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24596 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24598 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24599 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24601 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24603 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24604 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24606 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24608 ;;;***
24610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22180 39318 293078
24611 ;;;;;; 27000))
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24613 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24615 ;;;***
24617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22180 39318 518076 992000))
24618 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24620 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24622 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24624 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24626 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24627 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24628 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24629 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24630 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24631 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24633 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24634 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24636 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24637 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24638 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24640 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24641 \\[server-start].
24643 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24645 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24646 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24647 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24648 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24650 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24652 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24653 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24654 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24656 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24657 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24659 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24661 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24662 Toggle Server mode.
24663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24665 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24667 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24668 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24669 `server-start' for details.
24671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24673 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24674 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24675 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24677 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24678 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24680 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24682 ;;;***
24684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22188 33909 814230 133000))
24685 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24687 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24688 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24690 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24691 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24692 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24693 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24694 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24696 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24697 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24698 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24699 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24700 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24701 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24703 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24704 displayed.
24706 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24707 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24708 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24710 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24711 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24713 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24714 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24716 \\{ses-mode-map}
24717 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24718 part):
24719 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24720 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24721 formula:
24722 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24724 \(fn)" t nil)
24726 ;;;***
24728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22180
24729 ;;;;;; 39318 537076 905000))
24730 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24732 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24733 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24734 Makes > match <.
24735 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24736 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24738 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24739 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24740 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24742 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24743 in your init file.
24745 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24747 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24748 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24749 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24751 \(fn)" t nil)
24753 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24754 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24755 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24756 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24757 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24758 which this is based.
24760 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24762 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24763 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24764 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24765 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24767 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24768 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24769 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24771 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24772 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24773 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24774 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24776 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24777 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24778 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24779 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24781 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24783 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24784 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24785 To work around that, do:
24786 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24788 \\{html-mode-map}
24790 \(fn)" t nil)
24792 ;;;***
24794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22180
24795 ;;;;;; 39318 503077 61000))
24796 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24797 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24798 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24800 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24801 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24802 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24803 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24804 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24805 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24807 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24808 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24809 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24810 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24811 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24813 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24814 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24815 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24816 \\<sh-mode-map>
24817 \\[sh-case] case statement
24818 \\[sh-for] for loop
24819 \\[sh-function] function definition
24820 \\[sh-if] if statement
24821 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24822 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24823 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24824 \\[sh-select] select loop
24825 \\[sh-until] until loop
24826 \\[sh-while] while loop
24828 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24829 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24830 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24831 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24832 would indent to the way it currently is.
24833 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24834 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24837 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24838 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24839 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24840 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24841 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24843 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24844 unquoted < insert a here document.
24846 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24847 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24848 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24850 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24851 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24853 \(fn)" t nil)
24855 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24857 ;;;***
24859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22180 39318
24860 ;;;;;; 293078 27000))
24861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24863 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24864 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24866 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24867 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24868 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24870 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24871 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24872 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24873 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24874 the earlier.
24876 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24878 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24880 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24881 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24882 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24884 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24885 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24887 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24888 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24889 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24890 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24891 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24892 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24893 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24894 Emacs version).
24896 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24897 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24898 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24899 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24900 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24902 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24903 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24905 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24907 ;;;***
24909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22180 39318 519076
24910 ;;;;;; 988000))
24911 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24913 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24914 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24915 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24916 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24917 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24918 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24919 sites in the cluster.
24921 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24923 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24924 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24925 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24926 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24927 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24929 \(fn)" t nil)
24931 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24932 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24933 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24934 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24935 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24936 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24937 `shadow-define-cluster').
24939 \(fn)" t nil)
24941 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24942 Set up file shadowing.
24944 \(fn)" t nil)
24946 ;;;***
24948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22180 39318 519076 988000))
24949 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24951 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24952 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24953 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24954 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24955 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24956 arguments.")
24958 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24960 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24961 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24962 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24963 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24964 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24966 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24967 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24968 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24969 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24970 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24971 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24972 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24973 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24974 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24975 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24976 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24978 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24979 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24980 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24981 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24982 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24983 `default-process-coding-system'.
24985 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24986 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24987 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24988 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24990 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24992 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24994 ;;;***
24996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22188 33909 809230 162000))
24997 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24999 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25000 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25002 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25004 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25005 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25006 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25007 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25009 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25011 ;;;***
25013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22180 39318 355077
25014 ;;;;;; 742000))
25015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25017 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25020 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25022 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25025 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25027 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25030 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25032 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25035 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25037 ;;;***
25039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22180 39318
25040 ;;;;;; 355077 742000))
25041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25043 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25044 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25045 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25046 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25047 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25049 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25051 \(fn)" t nil)
25053 ;;;***
25055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22180 39318
25056 ;;;;;; 503077 61000))
25057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25059 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25060 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25061 \\{simula-mode-map}
25062 Variables controlling indentation style:
25063 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25064 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25065 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25066 `simula-indent-level'
25067 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25068 `simula-substatement-offset'
25069 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25070 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25071 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25072 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25073 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25074 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25075 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25076 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25077 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25078 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25079 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25080 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25081 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25082 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25083 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25084 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25085 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25086 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25087 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25088 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25089 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25090 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25091 or nil if they should not be changed.
25092 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25093 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25094 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25095 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25097 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25098 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25100 \(fn)" t nil)
25102 ;;;***
25104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22180 39318 521076
25105 ;;;;;; 978000))
25106 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25108 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25109 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25111 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25112 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25113 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25114 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25116 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25118 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25120 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25121 Insert SKELETON.
25122 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25123 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25124 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25125 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25126 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25128 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25129 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25131 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25133 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25134 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25136 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25137 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25138 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25139 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25141 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25142 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25143 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25144 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25146 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25147 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25148 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25150 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25151 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25153 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25154 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25156 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25157 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25158 is at bol/eol
25159 _ interesting point, interregion here
25160 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25161 interesting point set by _
25162 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25163 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25164 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25165 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25166 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25167 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25168 nil skipped
25170 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25171 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25173 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25174 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25175 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25176 as the first element when at bol.
25178 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25179 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25180 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25181 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25182 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25183 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25184 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25185 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25187 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25188 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25189 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25190 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25191 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25192 available:
25194 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25195 then: insert previously read string once more
25196 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25197 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25198 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25200 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25201 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25203 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25205 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25206 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25208 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25209 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25210 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25211 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25212 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25213 such as backslash.
25215 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25216 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25217 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25218 twice for the others.
25220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25222 ;;;***
25224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22180 39318
25225 ;;;;;; 554076 827000))
25226 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25228 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25229 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25230 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25231 buffer names.
25233 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25235 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25236 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25237 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25238 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25239 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25240 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25244 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25245 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25246 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25248 \(fn)" t nil)
25250 ;;;***
25252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22180 39318 355077
25253 ;;;;;; 742000))
25254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25256 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25257 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25258 A list of images is returned.
25260 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25262 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25263 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25264 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25266 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25268 ;;;***
25270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22180 39318
25271 ;;;;;; 391077 576000))
25272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25274 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25277 \(fn)" nil nil)
25279 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25280 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25282 \(fn)" t nil)
25284 ;;;***
25286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22180 39318 467077
25287 ;;;;;; 227000))
25288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25290 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25291 Play the Snake game.
25292 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25294 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25296 Snake mode keybindings:
25297 \\<snake-mode-map>
25298 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25299 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25300 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25301 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25302 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25303 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25304 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25306 \(fn)" t nil)
25308 ;;;***
25310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22180 39318
25311 ;;;;;; 414077 471000))
25312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25314 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25315 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25316 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25317 Tab indents for C code.
25318 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25319 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25320 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25321 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25322 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25324 \(fn)" t nil)
25326 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25327 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25328 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25329 Tab indents for C code.
25330 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25331 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25332 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25333 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25334 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25336 \(fn)" t nil)
25338 ;;;***
25340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22180 39318
25341 ;;;;;; 415077 466000))
25342 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25343 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25345 ;;;***
25347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22180 39318 245078
25348 ;;;;;; 248000))
25349 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25351 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25352 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25353 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25354 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25355 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25357 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25361 ;;;***
25363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22180 39318
25364 ;;;;;; 467077 227000))
25365 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25367 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25368 Play Solitaire.
25370 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25371 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25372 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25373 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25374 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25375 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25376 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25377 check after each move or undo.)
25379 What is Solitaire?
25381 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25382 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25383 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25385 Le Solitaire
25386 ============
25388 o o o
25390 o o o
25392 o o o o o o o
25394 o o o . o o o
25396 o o o o o o o
25398 o o o
25400 o o o
25402 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25403 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25404 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25405 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25407 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25408 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25409 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25410 this: o o .
25412 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25413 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25415 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25417 o o o
25419 . o o
25421 o o . o o o o
25423 o . o o o o o
25425 o o o o o o o
25427 o o o
25429 o o o
25431 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25433 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25435 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25437 ;;;***
25439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22180 39318 521076 978000))
25440 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25441 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25443 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25444 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25446 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25447 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25448 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25449 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25450 contiguous.
25452 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25453 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25454 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25455 the sort order.
25457 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25458 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25460 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25461 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25462 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25463 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25464 is called.
25466 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25467 It should move point to the end of the record.
25469 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25470 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25471 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25472 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25473 starts at the beginning of the record.
25475 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25476 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25477 same as ENDRECFUN.
25479 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25480 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25481 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25482 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25483 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25484 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25485 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25487 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25489 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25490 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25491 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25492 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25493 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25494 the sort order.
25496 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25498 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25499 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25500 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25501 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25502 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25503 the sort order.
25505 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25507 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25508 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25509 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25510 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25511 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25512 the sort order.
25514 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25515 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25517 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25518 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25519 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25520 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25521 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25522 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25523 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25524 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25525 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25527 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25529 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25530 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25531 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25532 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25533 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25534 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25535 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25536 the sort order.
25538 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25540 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25541 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25542 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25543 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25545 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25546 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25548 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25549 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25550 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25551 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25552 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25553 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25554 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25555 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25557 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25559 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25560 the sort order.
25562 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25563 starting with the letter \"f\",
25564 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25566 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25568 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25569 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25570 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25571 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25572 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25573 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25574 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25575 the sort order.
25577 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25578 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25579 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25580 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25581 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25583 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25585 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25586 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25587 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25589 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25591 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25592 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25593 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25594 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25595 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25596 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25597 each repeated line.
25599 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25600 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25601 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25602 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25604 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25605 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25607 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25608 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25610 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25612 ;;;***
25614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22180 39318 356077 737000))
25615 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25617 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25618 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25619 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25620 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25621 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25622 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25624 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25626 ;;;***
25628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22180
25629 ;;;;;; 39318 355077 742000))
25630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25632 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25633 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25635 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25636 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25637 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25639 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25641 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25642 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25643 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25644 server.
25646 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25648 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25649 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25650 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25652 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25654 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25655 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25656 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25657 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25658 Agent is plugged.
25660 \(fn)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25663 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25664 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25665 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25667 \(fn)" t nil)
25669 ;;;***
25671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22180 39318 522076
25672 ;;;;;; 974000))
25673 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25675 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25677 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25678 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25679 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25680 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25681 supported at a time.
25682 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25683 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25687 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25688 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25689 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25690 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25692 \(fn)" t nil)
25694 ;;;***
25696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22180 39318 467077
25697 ;;;;;; 227000))
25698 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25700 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25701 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25703 \(fn)" t nil)
25705 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25706 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25708 \(fn)" nil nil)
25710 ;;;***
25712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22180 39318 505077
25713 ;;;;;; 52000))
25714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25715 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25717 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25718 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25720 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25721 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25722 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25723 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25724 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25725 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25726 of the current highlighting list.
25728 For example:
25730 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25731 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25733 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25734 `_t' as data types.
25736 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25738 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25739 Major mode to edit SQL.
25741 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25742 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25743 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25745 \\{sql-mode-map}
25746 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25748 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25749 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25750 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25751 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25752 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25753 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25755 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25756 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25758 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25759 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25760 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25762 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25763 (lambda ()
25764 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25766 \(fn)" t nil)
25768 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25769 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25771 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25772 their settings.
25774 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25775 is specified in the connection settings.
25777 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25779 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25780 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25782 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25783 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25785 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25786 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25787 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25788 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25790 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25792 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25794 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25795 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25797 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25798 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25799 `*SQL*'.
25801 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25802 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25803 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25804 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25806 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25807 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25809 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25810 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25811 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25812 buffer.
25814 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25815 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25816 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25817 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25818 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25819 `default-process-coding-system'.
25821 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25823 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25825 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25826 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25828 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25829 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25830 `*SQL*'.
25832 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25833 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25834 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25835 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25837 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25838 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25840 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25841 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25842 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25843 buffer.
25845 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25846 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25847 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25848 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25849 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25850 `default-process-coding-system'.
25852 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25854 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25856 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25857 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25859 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25860 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25861 `*SQL*'.
25863 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25864 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25866 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25867 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25869 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25870 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25871 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25872 buffer.
25874 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25875 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25876 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25877 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25878 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25879 `default-process-coding-system'.
25881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25883 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25885 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25886 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25888 SQLite is free software.
25890 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25891 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25892 `*SQL*'.
25894 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25895 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25896 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25897 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25899 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25900 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25902 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25903 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25904 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25905 buffer.
25907 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25908 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25909 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25910 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25911 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25912 `default-process-coding-system'.
25914 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25918 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25919 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25921 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25923 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25924 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25925 `*SQL*'.
25927 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25928 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25929 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25930 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25932 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25933 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25935 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25936 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25937 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25938 buffer.
25940 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25941 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25942 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25943 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25944 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25945 `default-process-coding-system'.
25947 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25949 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25951 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25952 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25954 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25955 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25956 `*SQL*'.
25958 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25959 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25960 defaults, if set.
25962 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25963 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25965 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25966 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25967 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25968 buffer.
25970 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25971 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25972 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25973 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25974 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25975 `default-process-coding-system'.
25977 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25979 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25981 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25982 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25984 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25985 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25986 `*SQL*'.
25988 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25989 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25991 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25992 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25994 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25995 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25996 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25997 buffer.
25999 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26000 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26001 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26002 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26003 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26004 `default-process-coding-system'.
26006 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26008 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26010 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26011 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26013 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26014 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26015 `*SQL*'.
26017 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26018 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26019 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26020 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26022 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26023 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26025 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26026 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26027 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26028 buffer.
26030 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26031 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26032 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26033 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26034 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26035 `default-process-coding-system'.
26037 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26039 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26041 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26042 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26044 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26045 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26046 `*SQL*'.
26048 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26049 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26050 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26051 `sql-postgres-options'.
26053 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26054 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26056 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26057 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26058 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26059 buffer.
26061 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26062 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26063 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26064 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26065 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26066 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26067 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26068 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26070 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26071 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26073 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26075 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26077 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26078 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26080 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26081 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26082 `*SQL*'.
26084 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26085 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26086 defaults, if set.
26088 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26089 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26091 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26092 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26093 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26094 buffer.
26096 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26097 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26098 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26099 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26100 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26101 `default-process-coding-system'.
26103 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26105 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26107 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26108 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26110 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26111 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26112 `*SQL*'.
26114 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26115 automatic login.
26117 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26118 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26120 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26121 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26122 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26123 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26125 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26126 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26127 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26128 buffer.
26130 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26131 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26132 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26133 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26134 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26135 `default-process-coding-system'.
26137 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26139 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26141 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26142 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26144 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26145 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26146 `*SQL*'.
26148 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26149 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26150 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26151 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26152 parameters.
26154 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26155 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26156 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26157 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26158 an empty password.
26160 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26161 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26163 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26164 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26165 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26166 buffer.
26168 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26172 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26173 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26175 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26177 ;;;***
26179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22180 39318 268078
26180 ;;;;;; 142000))
26181 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26182 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26184 ;;;***
26186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26187 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 270078 133000))
26188 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26190 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26191 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26193 \(fn)" t nil)
26195 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26197 ;;;***
26199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22180 39318
26200 ;;;;;; 356077 737000))
26201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26203 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26204 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26205 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26206 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26207 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26208 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26209 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26210 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26211 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26212 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26213 with any buffer
26214 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26215 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26216 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26217 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26219 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26221 ;;;***
26223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22183 58408 704001
26224 ;;;;;; 744000))
26225 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26227 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26228 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26229 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26230 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26231 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26232 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26234 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26236 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26238 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26239 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26240 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26241 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26242 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26243 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26244 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26246 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26248 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26249 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26250 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26251 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26252 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26253 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26254 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26256 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26258 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26259 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26260 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26262 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26264 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26265 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26266 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26268 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26270 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26271 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26273 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26275 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26276 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26278 \(fn)" t nil)
26280 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26281 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26283 \(fn)" t nil)
26285 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26286 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26287 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26288 by command name.
26289 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26291 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26293 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26294 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26295 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26298 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26300 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26302 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26303 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26304 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26305 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26306 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26308 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26309 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26310 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26311 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26312 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26314 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26315 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26316 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26317 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26319 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26323 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26324 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26325 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26326 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26328 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26330 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26331 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26333 \(fn)" t nil)
26335 ;;;***
26337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21887 52709 923061
26338 ;;;;;; 312000))
26339 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26341 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26342 Studlify-case the region.
26344 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26346 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26347 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26349 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26351 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26352 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26354 \(fn)" t nil)
26356 ;;;***
26358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22180 39318
26359 ;;;;;; 505077 52000))
26360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26362 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26364 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26365 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26367 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26368 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26370 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26371 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26372 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26373 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26375 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26376 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26377 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26379 Nomenclature Subwords
26380 ===========================================================
26381 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26382 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26383 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26385 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26386 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26388 \\{subword-mode-map}
26390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26392 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26393 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26394 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26396 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26397 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26399 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26401 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26402 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26403 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26404 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26405 ARG is omitted or nil.
26407 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26408 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26409 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26413 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26414 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26416 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26417 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26419 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26420 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26421 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26422 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26424 \\{superword-mode-map}
26426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26428 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26429 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26430 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26432 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26433 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26435 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26437 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26438 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26439 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26440 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26441 ARG is omitted or nil.
26443 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26444 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26445 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26449 ;;;***
26451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22180 39318
26452 ;;;;;; 391077 576000))
26453 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26455 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26456 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26457 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26458 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26459 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26460 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26461 original message but it does require a few things:
26463 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26465 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26466 reply buffer.
26468 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26469 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26470 original message.
26472 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26474 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26476 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26477 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26478 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26480 \(fn)" nil nil)
26482 ;;;***
26484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22180 39318 524076
26485 ;;;;;; 965000))
26486 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26488 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26490 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26491 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26492 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26495 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26497 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26499 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26500 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26502 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26503 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26505 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26506 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26507 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26511 ;;;***
26513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22180 39318 524076 965000))
26514 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26516 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26517 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26518 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26519 buffer.
26521 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26522 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26523 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26525 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26527 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26528 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26529 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26530 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26531 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26532 buffer.
26534 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26535 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26536 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26538 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26540 ;;;***
26542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22188 33909 815230
26543 ;;;;;; 127000))
26544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26546 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26547 Insert an editable text table.
26548 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26549 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26550 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26551 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26552 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26553 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26554 delimiting them.
26556 Examples:
26558 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26560 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26561 location of point.
26565 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26566 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26567 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26568 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26569 first cell.
26571 +-----+-----+-----+
26572 |-!- | | |
26573 +-----+-----+-----+
26575 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26577 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26578 width, which results as
26580 +--------------+-----+-----+
26581 |-!- | | |
26582 +--------------+-----+-----+
26584 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26585 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26587 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26588 | | |-!- |
26589 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26591 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26592 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26593 width information to `table-insert'.
26595 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26597 instead of
26599 Cell width(s): 5
26601 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26602 work all together.
26604 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26605 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26607 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26608 |-!- | | |
26609 | | | |
26610 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26612 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26614 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26615 |-!- | | |
26616 | | | |
26617 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26618 | | | |
26619 | | | |
26620 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26622 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26624 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26625 | | | |
26626 | | | |
26627 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26628 | | | |
26629 | | | |
26630 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26633 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26634 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26635 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26637 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26638 | | | |
26639 | | | |
26640 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26641 | | | |
26642 | | | |
26643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26644 |-!- | | |
26645 | | | |
26646 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26648 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26649 results.
26651 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26652 | | | |
26653 | | | |
26654 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26655 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26656 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26657 | | |expected results.-!- |
26658 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26659 | | | |
26660 | | | |
26661 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26663 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26665 \\{table-cell-map}
26667 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26669 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26670 Insert N table row(s).
26671 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26672 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26673 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26674 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26676 \(fn N)" t nil)
26678 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26679 Insert N table column(s).
26680 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26681 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26682 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26683 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26685 \(fn N)" t nil)
26687 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26688 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26689 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26691 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26693 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26694 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26695 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26696 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26697 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26698 all the table specific features.
26700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26702 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26705 \(fn)" t nil)
26707 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26708 Recognize all tables within region.
26709 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26710 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26711 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26712 specific features.
26714 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26716 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26719 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26721 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26722 Recognize a table at point.
26723 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26724 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26725 the table specific features.
26727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26729 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26732 \(fn)" t nil)
26734 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26735 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26736 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26737 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26738 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26739 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26740 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26742 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26744 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26747 \(fn)" t nil)
26749 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26750 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26751 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26752 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26753 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26754 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26755 specified.
26757 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26759 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26760 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26761 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26762 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26763 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26764 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26765 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26766 table structure.
26768 \(fn N)" t nil)
26770 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26771 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26772 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26773 table's rectangle structure.
26775 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26777 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26778 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26779 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26780 table's rectangle structure.
26782 \(fn N)" t nil)
26784 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26785 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26786 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26787 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26788 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26790 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26792 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26793 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26794 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26796 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26797 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26798 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26799 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26800 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26801 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26802 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26804 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26805 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26806 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26807 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26808 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26809 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26810 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26812 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26813 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26814 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26815 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26816 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26817 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26818 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26819 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26821 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26823 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26824 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26825 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26826 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26830 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26831 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26832 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26834 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26836 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26837 Split current cell vertically.
26838 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26840 \(fn)" t nil)
26842 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26843 Split current cell horizontally.
26844 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26846 \(fn)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26849 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26850 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26852 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26854 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26855 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26856 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26857 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26859 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26861 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26862 Justify cell contents.
26863 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26864 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26865 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26866 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26868 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26870 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26871 Justify cells of a row.
26872 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26873 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26875 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26877 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26878 Justify cells of a column.
26879 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26880 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26882 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26884 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26885 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26886 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26887 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26888 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26889 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26890 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26891 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26892 run-time.
26894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26896 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26897 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26898 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26899 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26900 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26901 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26902 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26903 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26904 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26905 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26906 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26908 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26910 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26911 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26912 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26913 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
26914 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26915 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26916 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26917 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26918 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26919 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26920 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26921 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26922 untouched.
26924 References used for this implementation:
26926 HTML:
26927 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26929 LaTeX:
26930 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26932 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26933 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26934 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26936 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26938 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26939 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26940 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26941 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26942 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26943 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26944 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26945 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26946 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26947 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26948 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26949 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26950 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26951 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26952 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26953 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26954 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26956 Example:
26958 (progn
26959 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26960 (table-forward-cell 15)
26961 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26962 (table-forward-cell 16)
26963 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26964 (table-forward-cell 1)
26965 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26967 (progn
26968 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26969 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26970 (table-forward-cell 1)
26971 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26973 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26975 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26976 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26977 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26978 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26979 consists from cells of same height.
26981 \(fn N)" t nil)
26983 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26984 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26985 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26986 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26987 column must consists from cells of same width.
26989 \(fn N)" t nil)
26991 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26992 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26993 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26994 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26995 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26996 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26997 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26998 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26999 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27000 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27001 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27002 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27003 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27004 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27005 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27008 Example 1:
27010 1, 2, 3, 4
27011 5, 6, 7, 8
27012 , 9, 10
27014 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27015 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27016 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27017 specified as 5.
27019 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27020 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27021 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27022 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27023 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27024 | | 9 | 10 | |
27025 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27027 Note:
27029 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27030 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27031 of each row is optional.
27034 Example 2:
27036 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27037 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27038 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27039 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27040 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27042 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27043 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27045 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27046 expression and raw delimiter regular
27047 expression, it parses the specified text
27048 area and extracts cell items from
27049 non-table text and then forms a table out
27050 of them.
27052 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27053 creates a single cell table. The text in
27054 the specified region is placed in that
27055 cell.-*-
27057 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27058 like this.
27060 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27061 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27062 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27064 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27065 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27066 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27067 | area and extracts cell items from |
27068 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27069 | of them. |
27071 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27072 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27073 | the specified region is placed in that |
27074 | cell. |
27075 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27077 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27078 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27079 independently.
27081 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27082 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27083 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27084 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27085 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27086 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27087 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27088 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27089 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27090 | |of them. |
27091 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27092 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27093 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27094 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27095 | |cell. |
27096 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27098 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27099 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27100 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27102 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27104 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27105 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27106 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27107 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27108 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27110 \(fn)" t nil)
27112 ;;;***
27114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22180 39318 524076 965000))
27115 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27117 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27118 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27120 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27122 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27123 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27125 \(fn)" t nil)
27127 ;;;***
27129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22180 39318 524076
27130 ;;;;;; 965000))
27131 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27133 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27134 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27139 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27141 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27142 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27143 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27144 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27146 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27147 \\{tar-mode-map}
27149 \(fn)" t nil)
27151 ;;;***
27153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22180 39318 505077
27154 ;;;;;; 52000))
27155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27157 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27158 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27159 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27160 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27161 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27162 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27164 Variables controlling indentation style:
27165 `tcl-indent-level'
27166 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27167 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27168 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27170 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27171 documentation for details):
27172 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27173 Controls action of TAB key.
27174 `tcl-auto-newline'
27175 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27176 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27177 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27178 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27179 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27181 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27182 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27183 already exist.
27185 \(fn)" t nil)
27187 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27188 Run inferior Tcl process.
27189 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27190 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27192 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27194 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27195 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27196 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27198 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27200 ;;;***
27202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22180 39318 415077
27203 ;;;;;; 466000))
27204 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27206 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27207 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27208 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27209 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27211 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27212 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27213 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27214 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27215 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27217 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27219 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27220 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27221 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27222 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27224 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27226 ;;;***
27228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22180 39318 525076 960000))
27229 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27231 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27232 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27233 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27234 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27235 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27236 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27238 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27240 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27241 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27242 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27243 commands to use in that buffer.
27245 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27247 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27249 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27250 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27252 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27254 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27255 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27256 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27257 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27258 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27259 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27260 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27261 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27262 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27263 use in that buffer.
27264 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27266 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27268 ;;;***
27270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22180
27271 ;;;;;; 39318 294078 23000))
27272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27274 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27275 Start coverage on function under point.
27277 \(fn)" t nil)
27279 ;;;***
27281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22180 39318 467077
27282 ;;;;;; 227000))
27283 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27284 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27286 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27287 Play the Tetris game.
27288 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27289 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27290 as to form complete rows.
27292 tetris-mode keybindings:
27293 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27294 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27295 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27296 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27297 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27298 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27299 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27300 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27301 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27303 \(fn)" t nil)
27305 ;;;***
27307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22180 39318
27308 ;;;;;; 539076 896000))
27309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27311 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27312 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27314 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27316 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27317 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27318 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27319 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27320 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27322 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27324 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27325 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27326 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27327 if it matches the first line of the file,
27328 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27330 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27332 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27333 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27334 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27335 if the variable is non-nil.")
27337 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27339 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27340 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27342 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27344 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27345 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27346 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27347 See the documentation of that variable.")
27349 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27351 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27352 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27353 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27354 See the documentation of that variable.")
27356 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27358 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27359 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27360 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27361 See the documentation of that variable.")
27363 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27365 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27366 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27367 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27368 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27369 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27371 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27373 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27374 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27375 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27376 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27378 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27380 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27381 User defined LaTeX block names.
27382 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27384 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27386 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27387 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27388 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27389 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27391 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27393 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27394 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27395 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27396 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27398 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27400 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27401 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27402 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27403 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27405 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27406 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27407 for example,
27409 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27410 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27412 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27413 use.")
27415 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27417 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27418 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27419 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27420 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27421 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27423 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27425 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27427 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27428 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27429 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27431 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27433 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27434 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27435 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27436 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27437 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27439 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27441 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27442 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27444 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27446 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27447 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27449 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27451 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27452 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27453 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27454 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27455 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27456 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27457 says which mode to use.
27459 \(fn)" t nil)
27461 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27463 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27465 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27467 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27468 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27469 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27470 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27471 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27473 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27474 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27475 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27476 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27477 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27478 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27479 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27481 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27482 mismatched $'s or braces.
27484 Special commands:
27485 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27487 Mode variables:
27488 tex-run-command
27489 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27490 tex-directory
27491 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27492 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27493 tex-dvi-print-command
27494 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27495 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27496 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27497 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27498 tex-dvi-view-command
27499 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27500 tex-show-queue-command
27501 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27502 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27504 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27505 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27506 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27508 \(fn)" t nil)
27510 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27511 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27512 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27513 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27514 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27516 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27517 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27518 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27519 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27520 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27521 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27522 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27524 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27525 mismatched $'s or braces.
27527 Special commands:
27528 \\{latex-mode-map}
27530 Mode variables:
27531 latex-run-command
27532 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27533 tex-directory
27534 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27535 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27536 tex-dvi-print-command
27537 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27538 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27539 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27540 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27541 tex-dvi-view-command
27542 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27543 tex-show-queue-command
27544 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27545 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27547 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27548 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27549 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27551 \(fn)" t nil)
27553 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27554 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27555 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27556 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27557 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27559 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27560 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27561 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27562 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27563 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27564 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27565 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27567 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27568 mismatched $'s or braces.
27570 Special commands:
27571 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27573 Mode variables:
27574 slitex-run-command
27575 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27576 tex-directory
27577 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27578 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27579 tex-dvi-print-command
27580 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27581 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27582 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27583 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27584 tex-dvi-view-command
27585 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27586 tex-show-queue-command
27587 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27588 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27590 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27591 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27592 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27593 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27595 \(fn)" t nil)
27597 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27600 \(fn)" nil nil)
27602 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27603 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27605 \(fn)" t nil)
27607 ;;;***
27609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22180 39318
27610 ;;;;;; 540076 891000))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27613 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27614 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27615 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27616 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27618 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27619 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27620 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27622 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27624 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27625 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27626 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27627 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27628 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27630 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27632 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27633 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27634 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27635 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27637 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27638 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27639 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27640 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27642 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27643 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27645 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27647 ;;;***
27649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22180 39318
27650 ;;;;;; 540076 891000))
27651 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27653 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27654 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27656 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27658 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27659 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27661 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27663 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27664 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27666 It has these extra commands:
27667 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27669 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27670 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27671 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27672 modified version of TeX input format.
27674 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27675 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27676 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27677 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27679 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27680 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27681 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27682 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27683 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27684 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27685 in the Texinfo file.
27687 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27688 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27689 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27690 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27691 move forward past the closing brace.
27693 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27694 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27696 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27697 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27698 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27700 Here are the functions:
27702 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27703 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27704 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27706 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27707 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27708 texinfo-master-menu
27710 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27712 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27713 which menu descriptions are indented.
27715 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27716 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27717 in the region.
27719 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27720 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27721 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27722 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27724 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27725 be the first node in the file.
27727 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27728 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27730 \(fn)" t nil)
27732 ;;;***
27734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22180
27735 ;;;;;; 39318 375077 650000))
27736 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27738 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27739 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27740 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27741 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27743 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27745 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27746 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27748 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27750 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27751 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27753 \(fn)" t nil)
27755 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27758 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27760 ;;;***
27762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22180 39318 541076
27763 ;;;;;; 887000))
27764 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27766 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27767 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27768 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27769 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27770 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27771 `line', and `page'.
27773 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27775 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27776 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27777 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27778 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27779 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27780 `line', and `page'.
27782 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27783 valid THING.
27785 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27786 positions of the thing found.
27788 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27790 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27791 Return the THING at point.
27792 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27793 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27794 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27795 `line', `number', and `page'.
27797 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27798 strip text properties from the return value.
27800 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27801 a symbol as a valid THING.
27803 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27805 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27806 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27808 \(fn)" nil nil)
27810 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27811 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27813 \(fn)" nil nil)
27815 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27816 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27818 \(fn)" nil nil)
27820 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27821 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27823 \(fn)" nil nil)
27825 ;;;***
27827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22180 39318 541076 887000))
27828 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27830 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27831 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27833 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27835 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27836 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27837 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27838 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27840 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27842 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27843 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27845 \(fn)" t nil)
27847 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27848 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27850 \(fn)" t nil)
27852 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27854 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27855 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27857 \(fn)" t nil)
27859 ;;;***
27861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22180 39318
27862 ;;;;;; 294078 23000))
27863 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27864 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27866 ;;;***
27868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22180
27869 ;;;;;; 39318 375077 650000))
27870 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27872 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27873 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27874 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27876 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27878 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27879 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27881 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27883 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27884 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27885 The returned string has no composition information.
27887 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27889 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27890 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27892 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27894 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27895 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27897 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27899 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27900 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27901 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27902 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27904 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27906 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27907 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27908 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27909 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27911 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27913 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27914 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27915 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27917 \(fn)" t nil)
27919 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27920 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27921 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27923 \(fn)" t nil)
27925 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27928 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27930 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27933 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27935 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27938 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27940 ;;;***
27942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22180 39318
27943 ;;;;;; 540076 891000))
27944 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27945 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27947 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27948 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27949 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27950 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27951 parameters.
27952 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27953 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27954 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27956 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27958 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27959 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27960 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27961 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27962 parameters.
27963 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27964 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27965 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27967 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27969 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27970 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27973 * character before point is a space character,
27974 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27975 constituent),
27976 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27977 characters) from before the space character, and
27978 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27979 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27980 return t.
27982 Otherwise, if
27983 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27984 * character before point is a space character, and
27985 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27986 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27987 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27989 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27991 \(fn)" t nil)
27993 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27994 Adds electric behavior to space character.
27996 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27997 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27998 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27999 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28001 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28002 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28003 variable will be set to the representation.
28005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28007 ;;;***
28009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22180 39318 541076 887000))
28010 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28012 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28013 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28015 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28016 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28018 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28019 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28020 This display updates automatically every minute.
28021 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28022 are displayed as well.
28023 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28025 \(fn)" t nil)
28027 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28028 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28029 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28032 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28034 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28036 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28037 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28038 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28039 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28040 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28042 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28043 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28044 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28045 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28046 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28050 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28051 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28052 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28053 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28055 \(fn)" t nil)
28057 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28058 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28059 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28060 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28062 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28064 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28065 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28067 \(fn)" t nil)
28069 ;;;***
28071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22180
28072 ;;;;;; 39318 245078 248000))
28073 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28075 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28076 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28077 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28079 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28080 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28081 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28082 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28083 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28084 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28086 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28087 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28089 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28091 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28092 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28094 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28096 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28097 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28098 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28100 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28102 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28103 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28104 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28105 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28107 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28108 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28109 DATE should be a date-time string.
28111 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28113 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28114 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28115 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28117 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28119 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28120 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28122 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28124 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28125 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28127 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28129 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28130 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28131 TIME should be a time value.
28132 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28134 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28136 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28137 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28138 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28140 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28142 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28143 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28144 The valid format specifiers are:
28145 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28146 %d is the number of days.
28147 %h is the number of hours.
28148 %m is the number of minutes.
28149 %s is the number of seconds.
28150 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28151 %% is a literal \"%\".
28153 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28154 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28156 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28157 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28158 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28160 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28161 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28162 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28164 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28166 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28168 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28169 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28171 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28173 ;;;***
28175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22180 39318 541076
28176 ;;;;;; 887000))
28177 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28178 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28179 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28180 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28181 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28182 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28183 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28184 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28185 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28187 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28188 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28189 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28190 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28191 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28192 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28193 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28194 look like one of the following:
28195 Time-stamp: <>
28196 Time-stamp: \" \"
28197 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28198 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28199 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28200 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28201 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28202 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28203 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28204 the template.
28206 \(fn)" t nil)
28208 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28209 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28210 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28214 ;;;***
28216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22180
28217 ;;;;;; 39318 245078 248000))
28218 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28219 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28221 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28222 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28223 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28225 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28226 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28228 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28230 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28231 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28232 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28233 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28234 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28235 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28236 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28237 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28238 display (non-nil means on).
28240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28242 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28243 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28244 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28245 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28246 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28247 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28248 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28249 this function is called within a day.
28251 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28252 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28253 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28254 discover the name of the project.
28256 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28258 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28259 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28260 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28261 begun during the last time segment.
28263 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28264 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28265 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28266 discover the reason.
28268 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28270 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28271 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28272 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28273 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28274 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28276 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28278 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28279 Change to working on a different project.
28280 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28281 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28282 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28283 working on.
28285 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28287 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28288 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28289 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28291 \(fn)" nil nil)
28293 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28294 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28295 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28297 \(fn)" t nil)
28299 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28300 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28301 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28302 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28303 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28304 \"relative to today\".
28306 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28308 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28309 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28310 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28311 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28313 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28315 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28316 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28317 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28318 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28319 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28320 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28322 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28324 ;;;***
28326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28327 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 369077 678000))
28328 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28330 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28331 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28332 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28333 the generated Quail package is saved.
28335 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28337 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28338 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28339 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28340 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28341 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28342 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28343 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28345 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28347 ;;;***
28349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22180 39318 542076 882000))
28350 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28351 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28352 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28354 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28355 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28356 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28357 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28358 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28360 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28361 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28362 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28364 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28366 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28367 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28368 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28369 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28370 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28372 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28374 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28375 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28376 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28377 in the menu in two ways:
28378 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28379 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28380 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28382 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28383 keymap or an alist of alists.
28384 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28385 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28387 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28389 ;;;***
28391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22180
28392 ;;;;;; 39318 247078 239000))
28393 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28395 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28396 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28398 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28399 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28400 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28401 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28402 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28403 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28404 file was last visited.
28406 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28407 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28408 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28409 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28410 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28411 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28412 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28413 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28414 for the first item.
28416 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28417 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28418 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28419 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28420 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28421 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28422 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28423 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28425 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28426 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28427 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28428 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28429 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28431 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28432 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28434 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28436 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28437 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28439 \\{todo-mode-map}
28441 \(fn)" t nil)
28443 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28444 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28446 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28448 \(fn)" t nil)
28450 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28451 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28453 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28455 \(fn)" t nil)
28457 ;;;***
28459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22180 39318 542076
28460 ;;;;;; 882000))
28461 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28463 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28464 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28465 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28469 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28470 Add an item to the tool bar.
28471 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28472 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28473 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28474 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28476 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28477 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28478 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28479 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28481 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28482 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28484 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28486 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28487 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28488 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28489 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28490 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28491 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28493 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28494 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28495 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28496 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28498 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28500 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28501 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28502 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28503 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28504 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28505 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28506 properties to add to the binding.
28508 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28510 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28511 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28513 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28515 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28516 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28517 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28518 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28519 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28520 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28521 properties to add to the binding.
28523 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28524 holds a keymap.
28526 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28528 ;;;***
28530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22180 39318 295078
28531 ;;;;;; 18000))
28532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28534 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28535 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28536 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28537 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28538 to a tcp server on another machine.
28540 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28542 ;;;***
28544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22180 39318
28545 ;;;;;; 295078 18000))
28546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28548 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28549 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28551 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28553 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28554 Helper function to get internal values.
28555 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28557 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28559 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28560 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28561 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28562 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28564 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28565 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28566 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28567 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28568 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28570 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28571 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28572 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28573 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28575 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28577 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28579 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28580 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28581 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28582 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28584 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28586 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28588 ;;;***
28590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22188 33909 812230
28591 ;;;;;; 144000))
28592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28594 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28595 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28596 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28598 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28600 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28601 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28603 It can have the following values:
28605 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28606 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28608 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28610 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28611 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28612 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28613 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28615 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28617 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28618 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28619 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28620 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28622 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28623 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28624 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28625 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28626 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28627 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28628 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28629 files which are not really Tramp files.
28631 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28632 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28633 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28634 updated after changing this variable.
28636 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28638 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28639 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28640 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28641 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28643 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28645 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28646 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28647 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28648 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28650 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28651 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28652 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28654 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28655 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28656 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28657 updated after changing this variable.
28659 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28661 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28662 Alist of completion handler functions.
28663 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28664 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28665 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28667 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28668 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28669 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28670 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28672 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28673 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28674 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28676 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28677 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28679 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28680 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28682 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28684 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28687 \(fn)" nil nil)
28689 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28690 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28692 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28694 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28695 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28697 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28699 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28700 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28702 \(fn)" t nil)
28704 ;;;***
28706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22180 39318
28707 ;;;;;; 417077 457000))
28708 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28710 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28713 \(fn)" nil nil)
28715 ;;;***
28717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22180 39318 420077
28718 ;;;;;; 443000))
28719 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28720 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28722 ;;;***
28724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22180 39318 542076
28725 ;;;;;; 882000))
28726 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28728 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28729 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28730 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28731 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28732 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28733 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28734 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28735 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28737 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28738 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28739 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28741 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28742 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28743 resumed later.
28745 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28747 ;;;***
28749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22122 65326
28750 ;;;;;; 55715 635000))
28751 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28753 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28756 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28758 ;;;***
28760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22180
28761 ;;;;;; 39318 541076 887000))
28762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28763 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28764 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28765 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28767 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28768 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28769 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28770 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28771 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28772 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28773 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28775 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28777 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28778 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28779 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28780 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28782 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28784 \(fn)" t nil)
28786 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28787 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28788 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28789 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28790 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28791 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28792 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28794 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28795 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28797 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28798 \\___/\\
28799 / \\
28800 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28802 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28804 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28806 ;;;***
28808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22180 39318 543076
28809 ;;;;;; 877000))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28812 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28813 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28814 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28817 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28819 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28821 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28822 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28823 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28825 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28826 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28827 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28828 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28829 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28830 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28831 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28833 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28834 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28836 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28837 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28838 reset the keystroke counter.
28840 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28841 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28842 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28843 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28845 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28846 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28847 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28848 `type-break-schedule' command.
28850 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28851 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28852 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28853 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28854 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28855 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28856 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28857 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28858 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28860 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28861 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28862 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28863 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28864 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28866 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28867 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28868 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28869 approximate good values for this.
28871 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28872 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28874 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28875 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28876 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28877 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28878 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28879 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28881 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28882 a typing break occur. They include:
28884 `type-break-query-mode'
28885 `type-break-query-function'
28886 `type-break-query-interval'
28888 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28890 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28891 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28892 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28893 problems.
28895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28897 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28898 Take a typing break.
28900 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28901 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28903 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28904 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28906 \(fn)" t nil)
28908 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28909 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28910 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28911 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28913 \(fn)" t nil)
28915 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28916 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28918 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28919 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28920 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28921 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28922 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28923 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28924 average typing speed.)
28926 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28927 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28928 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28929 the computed maximum threshold.
28931 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28932 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28933 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28934 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28935 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28937 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28939 ;;;***
28941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22180 39318 391077 576000))
28942 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28944 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28945 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28946 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28947 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28948 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28950 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28952 ;;;***
28954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28955 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 369077 678000))
28956 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28958 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28959 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28961 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28963 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28964 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28966 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28968 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28969 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28971 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28973 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28974 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28976 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28978 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28979 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28981 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28983 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28984 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28986 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28988 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28989 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28991 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28993 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28994 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28996 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28998 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28999 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29001 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29003 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29004 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29006 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29008 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29009 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29011 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29013 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29014 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29016 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29018 ;;;***
29020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22180
29021 ;;;;;; 39318 541076 887000))
29022 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29024 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29025 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29026 Works by overstriking underscores.
29027 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29028 which specify the range to operate on.
29030 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29032 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29033 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29034 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29035 which specify the range to operate on.
29037 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29039 ;;;***
29041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22180 39318 391077
29042 ;;;;;; 576000))
29043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29045 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29046 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29047 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29048 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29049 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29050 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29052 \(fn)" nil nil)
29054 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29055 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29056 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29058 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29060 ;;;***
29062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22180 39318
29063 ;;;;;; 295078 18000))
29064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29066 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29067 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29068 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29069 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29071 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29073 ;;;***
29075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22180 39318 546076 864000))
29076 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29078 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29079 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29080 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29081 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29082 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29084 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29085 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29086 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29087 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29088 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29089 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29091 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29092 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29093 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29095 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29096 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29097 the callback is not called).
29099 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29100 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29101 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29102 take effect.
29104 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29105 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29106 the server.
29107 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29108 URL-encoded before it's used.
29110 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29113 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29114 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29115 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29116 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29118 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29120 ;;;***
29122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22180 39318 543076
29123 ;;;;;; 877000))
29124 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29126 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29127 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29128 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29130 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29131 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29132 `url-generic-parse-url'
29133 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29134 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29135 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29136 realm
29137 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29138 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29139 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29140 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29141 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29142 what type of auth to use
29143 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29144 if one cannot be found in the cache
29146 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29148 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29149 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29151 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29152 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29153 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29154 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29155 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29156 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29157 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29158 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29160 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29162 ;;;***
29164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22180 39318
29165 ;;;;;; 543076 877000))
29166 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29168 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29169 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29171 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29173 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29174 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29175 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29177 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29179 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29180 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29182 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29184 ;;;***
29186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22180 39318 543076
29187 ;;;;;; 877000))
29188 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29190 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29193 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29195 ;;;***
29197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22180 39318 544076
29198 ;;;;;; 873000))
29199 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29201 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29202 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29203 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29205 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29207 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29208 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29209 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29210 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29212 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29213 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29214 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29215 though.
29217 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29219 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29220 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29221 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29223 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29225 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29228 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29230 ;;;***
29232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22180 39318 544076
29233 ;;;;;; 873000))
29234 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29236 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29237 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29239 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29241 ;;;***
29243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22180 39318 544076
29244 ;;;;;; 873000))
29245 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29247 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29248 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29250 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29252 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29253 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29254 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29255 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29256 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29258 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29259 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29261 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29263 ;;;***
29265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22180
29266 ;;;;;; 39318 544076 873000))
29267 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29269 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29270 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29271 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29273 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29274 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29276 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29278 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29279 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29280 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29281 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29282 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29286 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29287 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29288 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29289 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29291 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29293 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29294 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29295 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29296 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29297 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29298 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29299 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29300 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29301 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29302 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29304 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29306 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29307 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29308 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29309 accessible.
29311 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29313 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29314 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29315 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29316 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29318 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29320 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29323 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29325 ;;;***
29327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22180 39318 545076
29328 ;;;;;; 868000))
29329 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29330 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29332 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29333 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29334 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29335 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29336 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29338 ;;;***
29340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22180 39318 545076
29341 ;;;;;; 868000))
29342 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29344 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29347 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29349 ;;;***
29351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22180 39318 545076
29352 ;;;;;; 868000))
29353 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29355 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29356 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29357 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29358 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29359 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29363 ;;;***
29365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22180 39318
29366 ;;;;;; 545076 868000))
29367 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29369 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29372 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29374 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29375 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29377 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29379 ;;;***
29381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22180 39318 545076
29382 ;;;;;; 868000))
29383 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29385 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29386 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29388 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29390 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29391 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29393 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29395 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29398 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29400 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29402 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29404 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29406 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29407 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29409 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29411 ;;;***
29413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22180 39318 545076
29414 ;;;;;; 868000))
29415 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29417 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29420 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29422 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29425 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29427 ;;;***
29429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22180 39318 545076
29430 ;;;;;; 868000))
29431 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29433 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29436 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29438 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29441 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29443 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29446 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29448 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29451 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29453 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29456 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29458 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29461 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29463 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29466 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29468 ;;;***
29470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22180 39318
29471 ;;;;;; 545076 868000))
29472 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29474 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29475 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29477 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29479 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29480 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29481 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29483 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29484 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29485 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29486 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29487 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29488 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29489 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29490 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29491 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29492 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29493 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29494 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29495 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29496 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29498 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29499 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29500 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29502 Here is an example. The URL
29504 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29506 parses to
29508 TYPE = \"foo\"
29509 USER = \"bob\"
29510 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29511 HOST = \"example.com\"
29512 PORTSPEC = 42
29513 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29514 TARGET = \"nose\"
29515 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29516 FULLNESS = t
29518 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29520 ;;;***
29522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22180 39318
29523 ;;;;;; 545076 868000))
29524 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29526 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29527 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29529 \(fn)" t nil)
29531 ;;;***
29533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22180 39318
29534 ;;;;;; 546076 864000))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29537 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29538 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29539 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29540 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29541 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29542 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29544 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29546 ;;;***
29548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22180 39318
29549 ;;;;;; 546076 864000))
29550 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29552 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29553 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29554 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29556 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29558 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29559 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29560 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29561 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29563 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29565 ;;;***
29567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22180 39318 546076
29568 ;;;;;; 864000))
29569 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29571 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29572 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29573 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29575 If t, all messages will be logged.
29576 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29577 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29579 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29581 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29584 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29586 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29589 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29591 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29592 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29593 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29594 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29595 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29596 & ==> &amp;
29597 < ==> &lt;
29598 > ==> &gt;
29599 \" ==> &quot;
29601 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29603 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29604 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29605 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29607 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29609 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29610 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29611 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29613 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29615 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29616 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29618 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29620 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29621 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29623 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29625 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29626 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29628 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29630 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29633 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29635 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29638 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29640 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29642 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29643 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29645 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29647 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29648 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29650 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29652 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29655 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29657 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29658 Build a query-string.
29660 Given a QUERY in the form:
29661 ((key1 val1)
29662 (key2 val2)
29663 (key3 val1 val2)
29664 (key4)
29665 (key5 \"\"))
29667 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29669 This will return a string
29670 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29671 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29672 be used.
29674 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29676 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29677 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29679 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29681 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29682 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29683 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29684 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29685 forbidden in URL encoding.
29687 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29689 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29690 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29691 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29692 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29693 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29694 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29696 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29697 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29698 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29699 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29701 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29703 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29704 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29705 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29706 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29707 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29708 should return it unchanged.
29710 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29712 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29713 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29714 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29715 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29717 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29719 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29720 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29721 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29723 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29725 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29726 View the current document's URL.
29727 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29728 the minibuffer.
29730 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29732 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29734 ;;;***
29736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22180 39318 546076
29737 ;;;;;; 864000))
29738 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29740 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29741 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29742 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29743 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29744 to refrain from editing the file
29745 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29746 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29747 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29748 in any way you like.
29750 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29752 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29753 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29754 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29755 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29756 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29758 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29759 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29761 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29763 ;;;***
29765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22180 39318
29766 ;;;;;; 369077 678000))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29769 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29772 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29774 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29777 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29779 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29782 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29784 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29787 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29789 ;;;***
29791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22180 39318 356077 737000))
29792 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29794 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29795 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29797 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29799 ;;;***
29801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22180 39318
29802 ;;;;;; 391077 576000))
29803 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29805 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29806 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29807 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29808 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29810 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29812 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29813 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29814 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29816 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29818 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29819 Uudecode region between START and END.
29820 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29822 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29824 ;;;***
29826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22180 39318 558076 808000))
29827 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29829 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29830 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29831 See `run-hooks'.")
29833 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29835 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29836 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29837 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29839 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29841 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29842 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29843 See `run-hooks'.")
29845 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29847 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29848 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29850 If FILE is already registered, return the
29851 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29852 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29853 responsible for FILE is returned.
29855 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29857 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29858 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29859 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29860 same state. If not, signal an error.
29862 For merging-based version control systems:
29863 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29864 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29865 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29866 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29867 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29868 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29870 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29871 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29872 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29873 the file(s) for editing.
29874 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29875 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29876 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29877 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29878 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29880 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29882 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29883 Register into a version control system.
29884 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29885 Otherwise register the current file.
29886 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29888 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29889 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29890 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29891 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29892 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29893 first backend that could register the file is used.
29895 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29897 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29898 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29900 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29902 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29903 Display diffs between file revisions.
29904 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29905 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29906 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29908 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29909 saving the buffer.
29911 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29913 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29914 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29915 repository history using ediff.
29917 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29919 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29920 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29921 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29922 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29923 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29925 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29926 saving the buffer.
29928 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29930 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29931 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29932 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29933 fileset with the working revision.
29934 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29935 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29937 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29938 saving the buffer.
29940 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29942 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29943 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29944 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29946 \(fn)" nil nil)
29948 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29949 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29950 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29951 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29953 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29955 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29956 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29957 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29958 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29960 \(fn)" t nil)
29962 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29963 Perform a version control merge operation.
29964 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29965 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29966 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29967 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29969 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29970 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29971 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29972 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29973 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29974 changes from the current branch.
29976 \(fn)" t nil)
29978 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
29979 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
29981 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
29983 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29985 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29986 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29987 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29988 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29989 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29990 checked out in that new branch.
29992 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29994 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29995 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29996 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29997 named branch in the directory DIR.
29998 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29999 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30000 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30001 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30002 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30003 allowed and simply skipped).
30005 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30007 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30008 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30009 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30010 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30011 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30013 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30014 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30016 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30018 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30019 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30020 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30021 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30022 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30024 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30026 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30027 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30028 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30030 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30032 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30033 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30034 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30036 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30038 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30039 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30041 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30043 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30044 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30045 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30046 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30048 \(fn)" t nil)
30050 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30052 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30053 Update the current fileset or branch.
30054 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30055 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30056 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30057 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30058 command to run.
30060 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30061 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30062 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30063 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30064 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30068 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30070 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30071 Push the current branch.
30072 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30073 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30074 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30075 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30076 VCS command to run.
30078 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30079 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30083 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30084 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30085 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30086 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30087 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30088 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30089 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30091 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30093 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30094 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30095 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30096 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30097 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30098 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30099 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30100 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30101 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30103 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30105 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30106 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30107 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30108 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30110 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30112 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30113 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30114 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30115 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30117 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30119 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30120 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30121 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30122 directory.
30124 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30126 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30127 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30128 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30130 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30131 log entries should be gathered.
30133 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30135 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30136 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30138 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30140 ;;;***
30142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22180 39318
30143 ;;;;;; 554076 827000))
30144 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30146 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30147 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30149 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30150 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30151 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30152 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30153 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30154 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30156 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30157 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30158 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30159 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30160 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30161 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30162 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30163 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30165 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30167 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30169 Customization variables:
30171 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30172 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30173 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30174 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30175 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30176 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30178 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30180 ;;;***
30182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22180 39318 554076
30183 ;;;;;; 827000))
30184 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30186 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30187 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30189 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30190 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30191 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30192 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30193 (progn
30194 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30195 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30197 ;;;***
30199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22180 39318 554076
30200 ;;;;;; 827000))
30201 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30202 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30203 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30204 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30205 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30206 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30207 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30209 ;;;***
30211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22180 39318 555076
30212 ;;;;;; 822000))
30213 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30215 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30216 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30217 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30218 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30219 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30221 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30222 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30223 The file lines appear later.
30225 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30226 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30228 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30230 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30232 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30234 ;;;***
30236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22180
30237 ;;;;;; 39318 555076 822000))
30238 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30240 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30241 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30242 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30243 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30244 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30245 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30246 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30247 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30248 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30249 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30250 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30251 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30252 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30253 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30254 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30256 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30258 ;;;***
30260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22188 33909 816230
30261 ;;;;;; 121000))
30262 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30263 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30264 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30265 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30266 (progn
30267 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30268 (vc-git-registered file))))
30270 ;;;***
30272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22188 33909 816230 121000))
30273 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30274 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30275 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30276 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30277 (progn
30278 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30279 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30281 ;;;***
30283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22188 33909 816230
30284 ;;;;;; 121000))
30285 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30287 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30288 Name of the monotone directory.")
30290 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30291 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30292 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30293 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30294 (progn
30295 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30296 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30298 ;;;***
30300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22180 39318 556076
30301 ;;;;;; 818000))
30302 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30304 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30305 Where to look for RCS master files.
30306 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30308 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30310 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30312 ;;;***
30314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22180 39318 557076
30315 ;;;;;; 813000))
30316 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30318 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30319 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30320 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30322 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30324 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30326 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30327 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30328 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30329 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30331 ;;;***
30333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22180 39318 557076
30334 ;;;;;; 813000))
30335 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30337 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30338 Where to look for SRC master files.
30339 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30341 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30343 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30345 ;;;***
30347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22180 39318 557076
30348 ;;;;;; 813000))
30349 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30350 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30351 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30352 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30353 "_svn")
30354 (t ".svn"))))
30355 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30356 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30357 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30359 ;;;***
30361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22180
30362 ;;;;;; 39318 505077 52000))
30363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30364 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30365 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30367 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30368 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30370 Usage:
30371 ------
30373 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30374 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30375 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30376 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30378 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30379 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30380 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30381 completions.
30383 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30384 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30386 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30387 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30389 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30390 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30391 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30393 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30396 Maintenance:
30397 ------------
30399 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30400 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30402 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30404 Official distribution is at
30405 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30408 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30409 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30411 Key bindings:
30412 -------------
30414 \\{vera-mode-map}
30416 \(fn)" t nil)
30418 ;;;***
30420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30421 ;;;;;; (22180 39318 508077 38000))
30422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30424 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30425 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30426 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30427 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30428 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30430 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30432 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30433 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30435 Supports highlighting.
30437 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30438 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30440 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30442 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30443 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30444 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30445 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30446 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30447 on the left side of your screen.
30448 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30449 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30450 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30451 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30452 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30453 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30454 function keyword.
30455 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30456 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30457 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30458 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30459 if (a)
30460 begin
30461 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30462 Indentation for case statements.
30463 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30464 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30465 mark after an end.
30466 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30467 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30468 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30469 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30470 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30471 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30472 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30473 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30474 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30475 if (a)
30476 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30477 otherwise you get:
30478 if (a)
30479 begin
30480 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30481 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30482 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30483 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30484 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30485 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30486 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30487 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30488 comments in tight quarters.
30489 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30490 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30492 Variables controlling other actions:
30494 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30495 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30496 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30498 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30500 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30502 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30503 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30504 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30506 Some other functions are:
30508 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30509 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30510 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30511 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30512 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30514 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30515 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30516 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30517 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30519 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30520 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30521 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30522 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30523 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30524 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30525 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30526 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30527 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30528 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30529 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30530 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30531 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30532 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30533 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30534 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30535 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30536 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30537 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30538 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30539 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30540 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30541 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30542 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30543 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30544 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30545 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30546 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30547 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30548 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30549 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30551 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30552 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30554 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30556 \(fn)" t nil)
30558 ;;;***
30560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22183
30561 ;;;;;; 58408 702001 760000))
30562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30564 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30565 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30567 Usage:
30568 ------
30570 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30571 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30572 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30573 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30574 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30575 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30576 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30577 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30578 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30580 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30581 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30582 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30583 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30585 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30586 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30587 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30588 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30589 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30591 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30592 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30595 HEADER INSERTION:
30596 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30597 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30598 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30601 STUTTERING:
30602 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30603 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30604 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30605 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30607 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30608 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30609 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30610 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30611 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30614 WORD COMPLETION:
30615 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30616 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30617 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30618 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30620 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30621 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30622 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30623 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30624 beginning with \"std\").
30626 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30627 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30628 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30629 stop.
30632 COMMENTS:
30633 `--' puts a single comment.
30634 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30635 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30636 with a comment in between.
30637 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30638 out following lines.
30639 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30640 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30641 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30642 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30644 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30645 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30646 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30647 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30648 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30649 non-nil.
30651 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30652 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30653 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30654 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30655 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30656 multi-line comments.
30659 INDENTATION:
30660 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30661 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30662 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30663 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30664 the entire region.
30666 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30667 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30668 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30669 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30671 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30672 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30673 tabs and vice versa.
30675 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30676 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30678 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30679 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30680 line.
30683 ALIGNMENT:
30684 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30685 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30686 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30687 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30688 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30689 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30690 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30691 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30693 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30694 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30695 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30696 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30697 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30698 is non-nil.
30700 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30701 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30702 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30704 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30705 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30708 CODE FILLING:
30709 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30710 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30711 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30712 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30713 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30714 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30717 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30718 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30719 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30720 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30721 command:
30723 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30726 PORT TRANSLATION:
30727 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30728 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30729 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30730 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30731 internal signal initializations (menu).
30733 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30734 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30735 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30737 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30738 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30739 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30740 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30741 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30742 in subsequent paste operations.)
30744 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30745 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30746 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30749 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30750 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30751 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30752 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30753 association list with formals).
30756 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30757 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30758 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30759 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30760 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30761 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30762 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30763 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30764 `vhdl-testbench'.
30767 KEY BINDINGS:
30768 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30771 VHDL MENU:
30772 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30775 FILE BROWSER:
30776 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30777 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30778 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30780 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30781 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30784 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30785 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30786 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30787 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30789 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30790 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30791 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30793 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30794 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30795 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30796 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30798 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30799 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30800 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30801 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30802 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30804 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30805 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30806 required by secondary units.
30809 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30810 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30811 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30812 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30813 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30814 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30815 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30816 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30817 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30818 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30819 inputs to this component -> input port created
30820 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30821 outputs from this component -> output port created
30822 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30823 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30825 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30826 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30827 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30828 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30829 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30831 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30832 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30834 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30835 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30836 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30837 component instantiation is also supported (option
30838 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30840 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30841 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30842 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30843 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30844 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30845 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30846 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30847 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30848 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30849 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30850 generating the configuration.
30852 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30853 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30854 configurations in speedbar.
30856 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30859 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30860 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30861 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30862 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30863 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30864 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30865 information. New compilers can be added.
30867 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30868 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30871 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30872 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30873 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30874 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30875 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30877 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30878 command:
30880 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30881 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30882 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30884 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30885 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30886 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30887 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30888 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30889 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30890 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30891 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30892 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30894 Limitations:
30895 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30896 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30897 not (yet) supported.
30898 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30899 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30900 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30903 PROJECTS:
30904 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30905 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30906 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30907 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30908 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30909 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30910 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30911 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30913 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30914 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30915 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30916 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30917 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30918 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30919 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30920 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30921 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30922 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30923 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30926 SPECIAL MENUES:
30927 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30928 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30929 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30930 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30931 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30932 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30933 current directory for VHDL source files.
30936 VHDL STANDARDS:
30937 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30938 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30941 KEYWORD CASE:
30942 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30943 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30944 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30945 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30946 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30947 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30948 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30949 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30952 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30953 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30954 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30955 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30956 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30957 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30958 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30960 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30961 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30962 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30963 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30964 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30965 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30967 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30968 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30969 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30970 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30971 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30972 visually.
30974 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30975 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30976 highlighted if written in lower case.
30978 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30979 highlighted using a different background color if option
30980 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30982 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30983 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30984 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30985 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30986 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30989 USER MODELS:
30990 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30991 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30992 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30995 HIDE/SHOW:
30996 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30997 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30998 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30999 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31000 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31003 CODE UPDATING:
31004 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31005 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31006 Limitations:
31007 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31008 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31009 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31010 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31011 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31012 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31013 (used to obtain the port names).
31014 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31015 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31016 sensitivity lists.
31019 CODE FIXING:
31020 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31021 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31024 PRINTING:
31025 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31026 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31027 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31028 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31029 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31030 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31031 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31032 printers.
31035 OPTIONS:
31036 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31037 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31038 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31039 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31040 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31042 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31043 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31044 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31045 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31046 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31047 INSTALL file).
31049 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31050 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31053 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31054 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31055 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31056 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31058 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31061 HINTS:
31062 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31063 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31065 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31067 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31069 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31072 RELEASE NOTES:
31073 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31076 Maintenance:
31077 ------------
31079 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31080 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31082 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31084 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31085 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31086 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31087 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31089 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31090 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31091 where the latest version can be found.
31094 Known problems:
31095 ---------------
31097 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31098 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31099 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31100 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31103 The VHDL Mode Authors
31104 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31106 Key bindings:
31107 -------------
31109 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31111 \(fn)" t nil)
31113 ;;;***
31115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22180
31116 ;;;;;; 39318 376077 645000))
31117 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31119 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31120 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31122 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31124 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31125 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31126 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31127 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31129 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31131 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31132 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31134 \(fn)" t nil)
31136 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31137 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31138 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31139 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31141 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31143 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31144 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31146 \(fn)" t nil)
31148 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31151 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31153 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31156 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31158 ;;;***
31160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22180 39318 558076 808000))
31161 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31163 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31164 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31165 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31167 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31169 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31170 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31171 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31172 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31174 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31176 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31177 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31179 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31181 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31182 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31183 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31184 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31185 moving around in the buffer.
31186 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31187 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31189 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31191 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31193 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31194 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31195 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31196 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31198 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31199 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31200 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31201 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31202 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31204 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31206 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31208 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31209 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31210 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31211 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31212 buffer.
31214 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31215 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31216 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31217 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31218 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31220 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31222 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31224 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31225 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31226 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31227 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31228 moving around in the buffer.
31229 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31230 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31232 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31234 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31235 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31236 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31238 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31239 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31240 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31241 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31243 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31244 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31245 own View-like bindings.
31247 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31249 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31250 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31251 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31252 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31253 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31254 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31255 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31257 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31259 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31261 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31262 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31263 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31265 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31266 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31267 own View-like bindings.
31269 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31271 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31272 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31273 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31274 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31275 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31276 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31277 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31279 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31281 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31283 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31284 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31285 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31287 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31288 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31289 own View-like bindings.
31291 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31293 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31294 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31296 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31297 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31299 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31300 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31301 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31302 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31304 \\<view-mode-map>
31306 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31307 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31308 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31309 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31310 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31311 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31312 to a repeat count of one.
31314 H, h, ? This message.
31315 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31316 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31317 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31318 > move to the end of buffer.
31319 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31320 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31321 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31322 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31323 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31324 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31325 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31326 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31327 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31328 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31329 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31330 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31331 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31332 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31333 Use this to view a changing file.
31334 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31335 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31336 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31337 . set the mark.
31338 x exchanges point and mark.
31339 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31340 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31341 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31342 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31343 ' go to position saved in character register.
31344 s do forward incremental search.
31345 r do reverse incremental search.
31346 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31347 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31348 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31349 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31350 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31351 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31352 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31353 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31354 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31355 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31356 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31357 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31358 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31359 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31360 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31361 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31362 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31364 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31365 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31366 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31367 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31368 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31369 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31370 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31371 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31372 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31374 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31378 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31379 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31380 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31381 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31382 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31383 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31384 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31385 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31386 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31388 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31390 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31392 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31393 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31394 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31395 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31396 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31397 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31399 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31400 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31401 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31403 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31405 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31407 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31409 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31410 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31412 \(fn)" t nil)
31414 ;;;***
31416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22180 39318 299077
31417 ;;;;;; 999000))
31418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31419 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31421 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31422 Toggle Viper on/off.
31423 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31425 \(fn)" t nil)
31427 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31428 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31430 \(fn)" t nil)
31432 ;;;***
31434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22180
31435 ;;;;;; 39318 295078 18000))
31436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31438 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31439 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31440 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31441 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31442 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31443 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31444 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31445 the beginning of the warning.")
31447 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31448 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31449 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31450 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31451 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31452 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31453 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31454 also call that function before the next warning.")
31456 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31457 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31459 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31460 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31461 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31462 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31464 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31465 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31466 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31467 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31468 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31469 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31471 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31472 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31473 Default is :warning.
31475 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31476 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31477 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31478 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31479 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31480 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31482 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31483 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31484 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31486 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31488 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31489 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31491 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31493 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31494 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31495 \\<special-mode-map>
31496 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31497 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31499 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31500 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31501 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31502 can be whatever you like.)
31504 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31505 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31507 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31508 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31509 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31510 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31511 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31513 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31515 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31516 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31517 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31518 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31519 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31521 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31523 ;;;***
31525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22180 39318 559076 804000))
31526 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31527 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31529 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31530 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31531 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31532 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31533 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31534 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31535 directories to reflect your edits.
31537 See `wdired-mode'.
31539 \(fn)" t nil)
31541 ;;;***
31543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22180 39318 421077
31544 ;;;;;; 438000))
31545 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31547 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31548 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31550 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31551 hotlist.
31553 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31554 <nwv@acm.org>.
31556 \(fn)" t nil)
31558 ;;;***
31560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22180
31561 ;;;;;; 39318 512077 20000))
31562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31563 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31564 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31566 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31568 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31569 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31570 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31571 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31572 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31573 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31575 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31577 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31578 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31579 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31580 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31581 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31583 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31584 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31585 in certain major modes.
31587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31589 ;;;***
31591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22180 39318 559076
31592 ;;;;;; 804000))
31593 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31594 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31596 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31597 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31599 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31600 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31602 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31603 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31607 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31608 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31609 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31610 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31611 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31613 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31614 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31615 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31616 use `whitespace-mode'.
31618 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31622 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31623 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31624 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31626 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31627 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31629 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31631 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31632 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31634 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31635 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31637 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31638 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31642 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31643 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31644 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31646 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31647 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31649 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31651 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31652 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31653 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31654 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31655 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31657 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31658 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31659 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31660 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31662 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31666 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31667 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31669 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31670 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31672 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31673 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31675 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31677 CHAR MEANING
31678 (VIA FACES)
31679 f toggle face visualization
31680 t toggle TAB visualization
31681 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31682 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31683 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31684 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31685 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31686 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31687 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31688 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31689 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31690 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31691 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31692 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31693 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31694 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31695 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31696 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31698 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31699 T toggle TAB visualization
31700 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31701 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31703 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31704 ? display brief help
31706 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31707 The valid symbols are:
31709 face toggle face visualization
31710 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31711 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31712 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31713 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31714 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31715 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31716 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31717 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31718 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31719 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31720 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31721 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31722 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31723 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31724 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31725 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31726 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31728 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31729 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31730 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31732 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31734 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31736 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31738 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31739 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31741 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31742 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31744 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31745 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31747 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31749 CHAR MEANING
31750 (VIA FACES)
31751 f toggle face visualization
31752 t toggle TAB visualization
31753 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31754 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31755 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31756 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31757 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31758 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31759 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31760 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31761 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31762 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31763 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31764 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31765 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31766 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31767 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31768 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31770 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31771 T toggle TAB visualization
31772 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31773 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31775 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31776 ? display brief help
31778 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31779 The valid symbols are:
31781 face toggle face visualization
31782 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31783 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31784 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31785 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31786 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31787 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31788 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31789 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31790 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31791 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31792 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31793 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31794 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31795 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31796 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31797 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31798 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31800 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31801 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31802 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31804 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31806 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31808 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31810 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31811 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31813 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31814 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31815 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31816 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31817 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31819 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31821 The problems cleaned up are:
31823 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31824 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31825 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31826 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31828 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31829 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31830 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31831 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31832 SPACEs.
31833 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31834 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31835 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31836 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31838 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31839 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31840 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31841 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31842 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31843 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31844 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31845 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31847 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31848 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31849 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31851 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31852 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31853 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31854 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31855 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31856 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31857 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31858 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31860 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31861 documentation.
31863 \(fn)" t nil)
31865 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31866 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31868 The problems cleaned up are:
31870 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31871 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31872 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31873 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31874 SPACEs.
31875 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31876 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31877 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31878 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31880 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31881 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31882 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31883 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31884 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31885 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31886 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31887 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31889 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31890 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31891 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31893 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31894 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31895 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31896 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31897 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31898 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31899 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31900 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31902 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31903 documentation.
31905 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31907 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31908 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31910 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31912 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31914 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31915 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31917 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31918 non-nil.
31920 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31921 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31922 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31924 empty
31925 trailing
31926 indentation
31927 space-before-tab
31928 space-after-tab
31930 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31931 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31932 report problems.
31934 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31936 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31937 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31938 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31939 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31940 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31941 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31942 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31944 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31945 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31946 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31947 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31948 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31949 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31950 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31952 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31953 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31954 cleaning up these problems.
31956 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31958 ;;;***
31960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22180 39318 559076
31961 ;;;;;; 804000))
31962 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31964 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31965 Browse the widget under point.
31967 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31969 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31970 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31972 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31974 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31975 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31977 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31979 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31980 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31982 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31983 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31987 ;;;***
31989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22180 39318 560076
31990 ;;;;;; 799000))
31991 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31993 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31994 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31996 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31998 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31999 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32000 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32002 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32004 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32005 Create widget of TYPE.
32006 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32008 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32010 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32011 Delete WIDGET.
32013 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32015 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32016 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32018 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32020 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32021 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32022 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32023 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32025 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32026 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32028 \(fn)" nil nil)
32030 ;;;***
32032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22180 39318 560076
32033 ;;;;;; 799000))
32034 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32036 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32037 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32038 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32039 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32040 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32041 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32042 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32046 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32047 Select the window above the current one.
32048 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32049 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32050 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32051 negative ARG) of the current window.
32052 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32056 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32057 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32058 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32059 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32060 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32061 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32062 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32066 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32067 Select the window below the current one.
32068 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32069 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32070 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32071 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32072 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32076 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32077 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32078 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32079 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32081 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32083 ;;;***
32085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22180 39318 561076 795000))
32086 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32088 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32089 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32090 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32091 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32092 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32093 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32095 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32097 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32098 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32099 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32100 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32101 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
32102 \\{winner-mode-map}
32104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32106 ;;;***
32108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22180 39318 562076 790000))
32109 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32110 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32112 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32113 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32114 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32115 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32116 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32118 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32120 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32121 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32122 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32123 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32124 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32125 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32126 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32127 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32129 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32130 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32132 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32134 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32135 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32137 \(fn)" t nil)
32139 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32140 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32141 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32142 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32143 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32144 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32145 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32146 `woman' command for further details.
32148 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32150 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32151 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32153 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32155 ;;;***
32157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22180 39318 563076 785000))
32158 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32160 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32161 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32162 Return the top node with all its children.
32163 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32165 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32166 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32167 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32169 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32171 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32172 namespace to URIs instead.
32174 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32175 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32177 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32179 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32181 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32183 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32184 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32185 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32186 not contain well-formed XML.
32188 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32189 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32190 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32191 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32192 element of the list.
32193 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32194 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32195 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32197 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32199 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32200 namespace to URIs instead.
32202 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32203 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32205 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32207 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32209 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32211 ;;;***
32213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22180 39318 426077
32214 ;;;;;; 415000))
32215 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32217 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32218 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32219 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32220 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32221 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32222 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32223 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32224 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32225 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32226 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32228 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32230 ;;;***
32232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22188 33909 813230
32233 ;;;;;; 138000))
32234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32236 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32239 \(fn)" nil nil)
32241 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32242 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32244 \(fn)" t nil)
32246 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32247 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32249 \(fn)" nil nil)
32251 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32252 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32253 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32254 prompt for it.
32256 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32257 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32258 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32259 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32261 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32263 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32264 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32266 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32268 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32269 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32271 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32273 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32274 Find references to the identifier at point.
32275 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32277 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32279 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32280 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32281 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32283 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32284 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32285 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32286 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32287 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32288 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32289 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32291 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32292 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32293 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32294 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32296 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32298 ;;;***
32300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22180 39318 563076
32301 ;;;;;; 785000))
32302 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32304 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32305 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32306 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32309 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32311 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32313 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32314 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32316 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32317 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32319 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32320 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32321 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32322 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32323 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32324 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32328 ;;;***
32330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22188 33909 818230
32331 ;;;;;; 109000))
32332 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32334 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32335 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32336 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32337 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32339 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32341 ;;;***
32343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22180 39318 356077 737000))
32344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32346 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32347 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32349 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32351 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32352 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32354 \(fn)" nil nil)
32356 ;;;***
32358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22180 39318 467077 227000))
32359 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32361 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32362 Zone out, completely.
32364 \(fn)" t nil)
32366 ;;;***
32368 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charscript.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22188 49115 186777 865000))
32588 ;;;***
32590 (provide 'loaddefs)
32591 ;; Local Variables:
32592 ;; version-control: never
32593 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32594 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32595 ;; coding: utf-8
32596 ;; End:
32597 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here